Top Banner
This document has been published to be used for after sales service only. The contents are subject to change without notice. Parts marked with “ “ are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set. SHARP CORPORATION DIGITAL COPIER AR-M160 MODEL AR-M205 CODE : 00ZARM205/A1E AR-M160 AR-M205 (With RSPF installed) [ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1 [ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1 [ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1 [ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . 4 - 1 [ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1 [ 6 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1 [ 7 ] SIMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1 [ 8 ] USER PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1 [ 9 ] TROUBLE CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1 [10] MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1 [11] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1 [12] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1 [13] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1 CONTENTS
112
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Service Manual AR-5220

This document has been published to be used forafter sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.

Parts marked with “ “ are important for maintaining the safety of the set.

Be sure to replace these parts with specified ones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

SHARP CORPORATION

DIGITAL COPIER

AR-M160MODEL AR-M205

CODE : 00ZARM205/A1E

AR-M160

AR-M205

(With RSPF installed)

[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

[ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

[ 3 ] CONSUMABLE PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1

[ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . 4 - 1

[ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

[ 6 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

[ 7 ] SIMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1

[ 8 ] USER PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1

[ 9 ] TROUBLE CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

[10] MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1

[11] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1

[12] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1

CONTENTS

Page 2: Service Manual AR-5220
Page 3: Service Manual AR-5220

CONTENTS

[1] GENERAL

1. Note for servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Copy mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS

1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1

2. Environmental conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

3. Production number identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES

1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

2. Internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1

3. Operation Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2

4. Motor, solenoid, clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

5. Sensor, switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4

6. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5

7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

1. Installing conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1

2. Removal of protective material and fixing screw . . . . . .5-1

3. Installing procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1

4. Removal and storage of fixing screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2

5. Changing the copy paper size in the tray . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3

[6] ADJUSTMENTS

1. Adjustment item list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1

2. Copier adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1

[7] SIMULATIONS

1. Entering the simulation mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

2. Canceling the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

3. List of simulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1

4. Contents of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

[8] USER PROGRAMS

1. List of user programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

2. Setting the user programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

3. Toner cartridge life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

[9] TROUBLE CODE LIST

1. Trouble code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

2. Details of trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1

[10] MAINTENANCE

1. Maintenance table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

2. Maintenance display system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

3. Note for replacement of consumable parts . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

[11] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

1. High voltage section / Duplex transport section . . . . . . 11-1

2. Optical section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2

3. Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4

4. Paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6

5. MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

6. Optical frame unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8

7. LSU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

8. Tray paper feed section / Paper transport section. . . . . 11-9

9. Manual multi paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11

10. Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13

11. Developing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14

12. Process section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15

13. Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15

[12] FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE

1. Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

2. Download procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

3. Installation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

2. Circuit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2

3. Actual wiring diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Page 4: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 GENERAL 1-1

[1] GENERAL

1. Note for servicingPictogram

The label ( ) in the fusing area of the machine indicates thefollowing:

: Caution, risk of danger : Caution, hot surface

A. Warning for servicing

•The fusing area is hot. Exercise care in this area when removing misfedpaper.

•Do not look directly at the light source. Doing so may damage your eyes.

B. Cautions for servicing

•Do not switch the machine rapidly on and off. After turning the machineoff, wait 10 to 15 seconds before turning it back on.

•Machine power must be turned off before installing any supplies.•Place the machine on a firm, level surface.•Do not install the machine in a humid or dusty location.•When the machine is not used for a long time, for example, duringprolonged holidays, turn the power switch off and remove the powercord from the outlet.

•When moving the machine, be sure to turn the power switch off andremove the power cord from the outlet.

•Do not cover the machine with a dust cover, cloth or plastic film while thepower is on. Doing so may prevent heat dissipation, damaging themachine.

•Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other thanthose specified herein may result in hazardous laser radiationexposure.

•The socket-outlet shall be installed near the machine and shall be easilyaccessible.

C. Note for installation place

Improper installation may damage the machine. Please note thefollowing during initial installation and whenever the machine is moved.

Caution : If the machine is moved from a cool place to a warm place,condensation may form inside the machine. Operation in thiscondition will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions. Leavethe machine at room temperature for at least 2 hours beforeuse.

Do not install your machine in areas that are:

•damp, humid, or very dusty

•poorly ventilated

•exposed to direct sunlight

•subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near an airconditioner or heater.

The machine should be installed near an accessible power outlet foreasy connection and disconnection.Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that meets thespecified voltage and current requirements. Also make certain the outletis properly grounded.

Note : Connect the machine to a power outlet which is not used for otherelectric appliances. If a lighting fixture is connected to the sameoutlet, the light may flicker.

Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicingand proper ventilation.

8" (20cm)

8"(20cm)

8"(20cm)

Page 5: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SPECIFICATIONS 2-1

[2] SPECIFICATIONS

1. Copy modeA. Type

B. Machine composition

(1) Option

C. Copy speed

(1) Scan One Print many

Condition: Copy speed in the normal copy from all the paper feed portsincluding the manual paper feed port.

(2) Continuous copy speed (Sheets/min)

a. AR-M160

b. AR-M205

D. First copy time

(1) Basic speed

E. Document

(1) SPF/R-SPF

F. Paper feed

(1) Paper feed section of the copier

Type Desk-top

Paper exit Wing less

AR-M160 16-CPM multi function model

AR-M205 20-CPM multi function model

Machine Model

250 sheets paper feed unit AR-D24

250 sheets x 2 paper feed unit AR-D25

SPF AR-SP6 AR-M160 only

RSPF AR-RP6 AR-M205 only

Original cover AR-VR5

Dual function board AR-EB7

Network expansion kit AR-NB2 Available from October

PS3 expansion kit AR-PK1/N option for AR-NB2

256MB optional memory AR-SM5

AR-M205 / M160 Available

Paper size NormalEnlargement

(200%)Reduction

(50%)

ABsystem

A3 9 9 9

B4 10 10 10

A4 16 16 16

A4R 12 12 12

B5 16 16 16

B5R 14 14 14

Inchsystem

11" X 17" 9 9 9

8.5" X 14" 10 10 10

8.5" X 13" 11 11 11

8.5" X 11" 16 16 16

8.5" X 11"R 12 12 12

8.5" X 5.5" 16 16 16

Paper size NormalEnlargement

(200%)Reduction

(50%)

ABsystem

A3 11 11 11

B4 12 12 12

A4 20 20 20

A4R 14 14 14

B5 20 20 20

B5R 16 16 16

Inch system

11" X 17" 10 10 10

8.5" X 14" 12 12 12

8.5" X 13" 12 12 12

8.5" X 11" 20 20 20

8.5" X 11"R 15 15 15

8.5" X 5.5" 20 20 20

First copy time 7.2sec (A4, 8.5" X 11"/1st tray/with OC)(Polygon motor ready state)

Max. document size A3, 11" X 17"

Document reference position

Left side center

Detection (Platen) None

Detection size A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A511" X 17", 8.5" X 14", 8.5" X 13", 8.5" X 11",8.5" X 11"R, 8.5" X 5.5"(8.5" X 13" is detected by key input.)

Standard/Option OptionSPF: AR-SP6 (AR-M160 only)RSPF: AR-RP6 (AR-M205 only)

Document load capacity

40 sheets (Thickness 4mm or less)

Document size(Max. ~ Min.)

A3 ~ A511" x 17" ~ 8.5" x 5.5"(8.5" x 5.5", duplex is inhibited.)

Document replacement speed

AR-M205:20 sheets/minAR-M160:16 sheets/min(A4 , 8.5" x 11" normal copy)

Document set/Paper feed direction

Face up, Center reference,Paper feed from the top

Document weight 56 ~ 90g/m², 15 ~ 24 lbs

Document size detection

On the document feed tray

Document mixture Copy mode: Not Available

Copy size (Max. ~ Min.)

A3 ~ A611" x 17" ~ 8.5" x 5.5"

Paper feed system 1 cassette + Multi manual paper feed

Paper feed capacity AR-M205 250 x 2 (Paper feed tray) + 100 (Multi bypass feed tray)

AR-M160 250 x 1 (Paper feed tray) + 100 (Multi bypass feed tray)

Remaining quantity detection

Cassette section

Only empty detection available

Manual tray Only empty detection available

Paper feed size

A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A511" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13", 8.5" x 11",8.5" x 11"R, 8.5" x 5.5"(For A5 and 8.5" x 5.5", only No. 1 tray available.)

Side front Front

Paper feed capacity

250 sheets(56 ~ 90g/m² equivalent) (15 ~ 21 lbs.)

Detection Paper empty detection available, size detection(by key input)

Weight 56 ~ 90g/m² (15 lbs. ~ 21 lbs.)

Special paper Recycled paper

Page 6: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SPECIFICATIONS 2-2

(2) Manual paper feed section

(3) Option paper feed unit

G. Job speed

Condition:With SPF/RSPF A4/Letter Normal 1cassette

H. Multi copy

I. Warm-up time

J. Copy magnification ratio

K. Print density

L. Void width

M. Auto duplex

N. Paper exit / finishing

(1) Electronic sort board (Option)

Paper feed size

A3 ~ A6, 11" x 17" ~ 8.5" x 5.5"

Paper feed capacity

100 sheets(56 ~ 80g/m²)

Detection Size detection not available,paper empty detection available

Weight 56 ~ 200g/m² (15 ~ 34 lbs.)

Special paper Recycled paper, OHP film, labels

Paper feed Single except for recycled paper

1-step paper feed unit 2-step paper feed unit

Model AR-D24 AR-D25

Paper feed size A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R11" x 17", 8.5" x 14", 8.5" x 13",8.5" x 11", 8.5" x 11"R

Capacity(56 ~ 80gm²)

About 250 sheets x 1 step

About 250 sheets x 2 steps

Paper weight 56 ~ 90 g/m² (15 ~ 21 lbs.)

Moisture preserving heater

None

Paper empty detection Available

Paper size setting User setting Paper size detection:None

External dimensions(W x D x H)

590 x 471 x 88mm 590 x 471 x 173.5mm

Weight About 4.7kg About 10kg

Special paper Recycled paper

Power Supplied from the machine

S-S (1st step) 100% (document replacement rate)

Max. number of multi copy 999 sheets

Warm-up time 45 sec

Pre-heat Available

Jam recovery Within 45 sec

Fixedmagnificationratio

AB system:50, 70, 81, 86, 100, 115, 122, 141, 200%

Inch system:50, 64, 77, 95, 100, 121, 129, 141, 200%

Zooming 25 ~ 400%SPF/RSPF(50 ~ 200%)

Independent zooming(vertical)

Available (25 ~ 400%)SPF/RSPF(50 ~ 200%)

Independent zooming (horizontal)

Available (25 ~ 400%)SPF/RSPF(50 ~ 200%)

Density mode Auto / Text / Photo

No. of manual adjustment

5 steps (Text / Photo)

Resolution Writing: 600 x 600dpiReading: 600 (main) x 600 (sub) (PHOTO mode) 600 (main) x 300 (sub) (AE mode)

Gradation Reading: 256 gradationsWriting: Binary

Toner save mode Set by the user program

Void area Lead edge 1 ~ 4mm,rear edge 4mm or less,both sides 4mm or less

Image loss 4mm or less

Standard/Option

Standard provision (AR-M205 only) (D → D / D → S enable only when RSPF is installed)Not available for AR-M160

Paper exit section capacity

Face down 250 sheets

Full detection None

Finishing Dual function board: Option (AR-EB7)

Electronic sort capacity

A4 (8.5" x 11") standard document 100 sheets

Offset function Available (by the shifter)

Staple function None

Electronic sort Sorting 100 sheets of A4 standard documents

Grouping 100 sheets of A4 standard documents

Rotation copy If there is paper of same size as the document, the image is rotated to copy even though the paper is set in the different direction from the document direction.

2 in 1, 4 in 1 Copies of 2 pages or 4 pages are integrated into one surface. Divided by solid lines, (Selectable by the user program.)

Edge erase Images surrounding the document are erased when copying. (Adjustable in 5 ~ 20mm by the user program.)

Center erase The image at the center is erased when copying. (Adjustable in 5 ~ 20mm by the user program.)

Margin shift Binding margin is made at the left edge of the set documents.(Adjustable in 5 ~ 20mm by the user program.)

Memory for electronic sort

16MB

* Memory loading capacity

A4 standard 100 pages

Memory expansion DIMM memory slot x 1, max. 256MB x 1 slot + 16MB (Max. 272MB in total)

USB2.0 Standard provision of E-sort

SPLC (JBIG-GDI) Supported when E-sort is installed.

ROPM Supported when E-sort is installed.

Page 7: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SPECIFICATIONS 2-3

O. Additional functions

O : Available :Installation of the option is required.X : Not available

P. Other specifications

Q. Package form

R. External view

S. Power source

T. Power consumption

* EnergyStar conformity

U. Digital performance

V. Printing function

W. Scanner function

APS O

AMS O

Auto tray switching O

Memory copy O

Rotation copy

E-sort O Option

Rotation sort X

Independent zooming

O

1 set 2 copy O Enlargement invalid/SPF invalid (Patent rotation)

Binding margin Default AB series: 10mm (5, 10, 15, 20mm) Inch series: 1/2 inch (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1 inch)

Edge erase Default AB series: 10mm (5, 10, 15, 20mm) Inch series: 1/2 inch (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1 inch)

Center erase Default AB series: 10mm (5, 10, 15, 20mm)Inch series: 1/2 inch (1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1 inch)

Black/white reverse

X

2in1/4in1

Sorter O Offset function (Shifter) provided

Preheating O The conditions are set by the user program.

Auto shut-off O The conditions are set by the user program.

User programming O

Total counter O Supports Total counter, Scan counter, and Copy counter.

Coin vendor support

O (Supports I/F only.)

Auditor support O (Supports I/F only.)

Duplex O (Standard provision for the model of 20-sheet model only)

Toner save O (Set according to the destination)

Department management

O (Copy: 20 Dept.)

Photoconductor type OPC (Organic Photo Conductor)

Photoconductor drum dia. 30mm

Copy lamp Cold cathode fluorescent lamp (CCFL)

Developing system Dry 2-component magnetic brush development

Charging system Saw teeth charging

Transfer system (+) DC corotron

Separation system (-) DC corotron

Fusing system Heat roller

Cleaning system Contact blade

Body Body / Accessories

External dimensions(W x D x H)

590 x 577 x 520 mm(AR-M205)590 x 577 x 470 mm(AR-M160)

Occupying area(W x D)

590 x 531mm(When the manual tray is installed.)

Weight About 31.3kg (AR-M160)About 35.1kg (AR-M205)

Voltage AC120V, 220V, 230V, 240V ±15%

Frequency 50/60Hz common

Max. power consumption 1200W

Average power consumption in operation

Less than 550W

Power consumption when standby

5W(Not include option)

Energy consumption efficiency Less than 25W

Resolution Reading 600 x 600dpi (PHOTO mode)600 x 300dpi (AE mode)

Writing 600 x 600dpi

Gradation Reading 256 gradations

Writing Binary

Memory Simplex:16MB Duplex:32MB

Hard disk None

Print speed <Standard>12ppm(With the AR-EB7 installed)16ppm (AR-M160) / 20ppm (AR-M205)

Data resolution 600dpiOption memory 16MB (with the AR-EB7 installed)

256MB (AR-SM5) can be added to the AR-EB7.Printer driver Two drivers for the case when the AR-EB7 is

installed and when it is not are automatically installed by plug & play. <Standard> SHARP GDI driver<with the AR-EB7 installed> SPLC driver

Type Flat bed color scannerScan system Document table/document feed unitLight source White CCFLResolution Basic 600 x 1200dpi

Set range: 50 ~ 9600dpiDocument Sheet/BookEffective scan range OC/SPF: about 297(length) x 431(width) mmScan speed OC/SPF: 2.88msec/line (Color)Input data 1bit or 12bitOutput data 1bit or 8bitScan color Black and white binaryGray scaleFull colorProtocol TWAIN/WIA (XP only) / STIInterface USB1.1

USB2.0(Option support: High-speed mode/Full speed mode (Switched by the user program.))(Supported when E-sort is installed)

Scanner utility Sharp Desk/Button ManagerDrop-out color ProvidedScanner button Provided (6)Supported OS Windows98/ME/2000/XPVoid area Lead edge/rear edge (2.5mm) on the driver

side Left/right: 3.0mmWHQL support Yes

Page 8: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3-1

[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS1.Supply system tableA.USA/CANADA/Latin America

B. Middle East/Africa/Taiwan/Philippine

C. Europe/East Europe

D. Asia

E.Hong Kong/China

NO Name Content Life Product name Remark

1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>

Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag

x10

x10

160K AR-202MT Life setting by A4 6% document

2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)

x10 500K AR-202MD

3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate

x1x1

50K AR-202DR

NO Name Content Life Product name Remark

1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>

Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag

x10

x10

160K AR-202ET Life setting by A4 6% document

2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)

x10 500K AR-202CD

3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate

x1x1

50K AR-202DR

NO Name Content Life Product name Remark

1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>

Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag

x10

x10

160K AR-202LT Life setting by A4 6% document

2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)

x10 500K AR-202LD

3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate

x1x1

50K AR-202DM

NO Name Content Life Product name Remark

1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>

Toner(Toner: Net Weight 537g)Vinyl bag

x10

x10

160K AR-202CT Life setting by A4 6% document

2 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 400g)

x10 500K AR-202CD

3 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate

x1x1

50K AR-202DR

NO Name Content Life Product name Remark

1 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>(Hong Kong only)

Toner(Toner: Net Weight 645g)Vinyl bag

x10

x10

160K AR-202CT-C Life setting by A4 6% document

2 Toner cartridge(Black)<With IC>(China only)

Toner(Toner: Net Weight 645g)Vinyl bag

x1

x1

19K AR-203ST-C Life setting by A4 6% document

3 Developer Developer(Developer : Net Weight 4500)

x10 500K AR-202CD-C

4 Drum kit DrumDrum fixing plate

x1x1

50K AR-202DR-C

Page 9: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 CONSUMABLE PARTS 3-2

2. Environmental conditionsA. Transport conditions(1) Transport conditions

(2) Storage conditions

B. Use conditions

C. Life(packed conditions)Photoconductor drum (36 months from the production month)Developer, toner (24 months from the production month)

3. Production number identification<Toner cartridge>

The label on the toner cartridge shows the date of production.

<Drum cartridge>

The lot number, printed on the front side flange, is composed of 6 digits,each digit showing the following content:

Temperature

Hum

idity

(%

)

Temperature

Hum

idity

(%

)H

umid

ity (

%)

Temperature

Use envi-ronmentconditions

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 Alphabet

Indicates the model conformity code. A for this model.

2 Number

Indicates the end digit of the production year.

3 Number or X, Y, Z

Indicates the month of packing.

X stands for October, Y November, and Z December.

4/5 Number

Indicates the day of the month of packing.

6 Alphabet

Indicates the production factory. "A" for Nara Plant, “C“ for SOCC

Ver.No.Productionplace

Serialnumber

Year/Month/Day

Page 10: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-1

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES

1. Appearance

2. Internal

1 Document feeder cover (when the SPF/RSPF is installed) /document cover (when the document cover is installed)

2 Document glass 3 Handles

4 Power switch 5 Operation panel 6 Paper output tray7 Front cover 8 Paper trays 9 Side cover

10 Side cover handle 11 Bypass tray guides 12 Bypass tray13 Bypass tray extension 14 Charger cleaner 15 USB 1.1 port16 Parallel port 17 USB 2.0 port (when the dual function

board is installed)

18 Document feeder tray (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)

19 Original guides (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)

20 Feeding roller cover (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)

21 Right side cover (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)

22 Exit area (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)

23 Reversing tray (when the RSPF is installed)

24 Toner cartridge lock release lever 25 Toner cartridge 26 Roller rotating knob27 Fusing unit release levers 28 Photoconductive drum 29 Fusing unit paper guide

171

1

3

9

10

131211

6 5

2

3

74

16

14

15

8

18 19 20

21 22 23

29282726

25

24

Page 11: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-2

3. Operation Section

1 SCAN MENU key 2 SCAN key/indicator 3 ON LINE key/indicator4 ORIGINAL TO COPY key/indicators

(AR-M205 only)5 DUAL PAGE COPY key/indicator 6 XY-ZOOM key/indicator

7 SORT/GROUP key/indicators (when the dual function board is installed)

8 ORIGINAL DATA indicator (when the dual function board is installed)

9 2 IN 1 / 4 IN 1 key/indicators (when the dual function board is installed)

10 ERASE key/indicators (when the dual function board is installed)

11 MARGIN SHIFT key/indicator (when the dual function board is installed)

12 AUTO/TEXT/PHOTO key / indicators

13 AUDIT CLEAR key 14 AUTO PAPER SELECT indicator 15 Alarm indicators16 POWER SAVE indicator 17 Display 18 Copy ratio display key ( )19 ZOOM indicator 20 Zoom keys ( , ) 21 INTERRUPT key ( ) / indicator22 Light and Dark keys ( , ) / indicators 23 ORIGINAL SIZE ENTER key /

ORIGINAL SIZE indicators24 PAPER SIZE indicators

25 PAPER SIZE ENTER key 26 SPR/RSPF indicator (when the SPF/RSPF is installed)

27 TRAY SELECT key ( )

28 AUTO IMAGE key/indicator 29 Paper feed location/misfeed location indicators

30 PRESET RATIO selector keys ( , ) / indicators

31 [ ] key 32 Numeric keys 33 READ-END key ( )34 START key ( ) /indicators 35 CLEAR ALL key ( ) 36 CLEAR key ( )

1

2

SCAN ON LINE ORIGINAL TO COPY XY-ZOOM

DUALPAGECOPY

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON LINE XY-ZOOM

DUALPAGECOPY

PRESETAUTOTRAYZE

L PAPERSIZE

X17

20

10

5

14

976

1212X14

X11

X11X5½

TRA

The AR-M160 is shown below.

1 2 3 4 5 6

ORIGINAL DATA

SORT

AUDIT CLEAR AUTO PAPER SELECT POWER SAVE INTERRUPT

CLEAR

CLEAR ALL

START

ZOOM

READ-END

PRESET RATIOAUTOIMAGE

TRAYSELECT

ORIGINAL SIZEENTER

AUTOORIGINALSIZE

PAPERSIZE

TEXTPHOTO

1 3 5

11X17

200%

100%

50%

141

957764

1291218½X14

8½X11

8½X118½X5½

EXTRA

25 400%

2 IN 14 IN 1

GROUP

EDGEERASE

MARGINSHIFT

CENTER

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

Page 12: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-3

4. Motor, solenoid, clutch

No. Name Code Function operation

1 Mirror motor MRM Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).

2 Shifter motor SHTM Shifts the paper exit tray.

3 Toner motor TM Toner supply

4 Duplex motor DPX Switchback operation and paper exit motor in duplex.

5 Cooling fan motor CFM Cools the inside of the machine.

6 Main motor MM Drives the machine.

7 1st tray paper feed clutch CPFC1 Drive the pick up roller

8 PS clutch RRC Drives the resist roller

9 Paper feed solenoid CPSOL1 Solenoid for paper feed from cassette

10 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid

11 Manual paper transport clutch MPTC Drives the manual paper transport roller.

12 Manual paper feed clutch MPFC Drives the manual paper feed roller.

13 Manual paper feed solenoid MPFS Manual paper feed solenoid

14 2nd tray transport clutch CPFC2 Drives the 2nd tray transport roller.

15 2nd tray transport solenoid FSOL1 2nd tray transport solenoid

16 2nd tray paper feed clutch CPFC1 Drives the 2nd tray paper feed roller.

17 2nd tray paper feed solenoid PSOL2 2nd tray transport solenoid

18 Exhaust fan motor VFM Cools the inside of the machine.

1

4

678910111213

18

1415

1617

5

32

Page 13: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-4

5. Sensor, switch

No. Name Code Function operation1 Mirror home position sensor MHPS Detects the mirror (scanner unit) home position.2 Side door switch DSWR Side door open detection3 Paper exit sensor (paper exit side) POD1 Detects paper exit.4 Shifter home position sensor SFTHP Shifter home position detection5 Paper exit sensor (DUP side) PDPX Paper transport detection6 Thermistor RTH Fusing section temperature detection7 Thermostat Fusing section abnormally high temperature detection8 Toner density sensor TCS Toner quantity detection9 2nd tray detection switch 2nd tray detection

10 Manual sensor MPED Manual transport detection11 2nd tray door open/close sensor DRS2 2nd tray door open/close detection12 2nd tray door paper pass sensor PPD2 2nd tray paper entry detection13 2nd tray paper empty sensor CSS2 2nd tray paper empty detection 14 Paper in sensor PIN Paper transport detection15 Cassette empty Tray paper entry detection16 Front cover SW Front cover open detection17 Power switch MAIN SW Turns ON/OFF the main power source.

1

16

17

4

5

6

7

8

910

1112

1415

13

2

3

Page 14: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-5

6. PWB unit

No. Name Function operation1 Copy lamp Inverter PWB Copy lamp control2 I / F PWB USB1.1, IEEE1284 I/F 3 CCD sensor PWB Image scanning4 Main control PWB Main control PWB5 Tray PWB Shifter motor control6 IMC2 PWB Electronic sort, USB2.0 << Option:AR-EB7>>7 2nd cassette PWB 2nd cassette control8 High voltage PWB High voltage control9 Power PWB AC power input/DC power control

10 Operation main PWB Operation panel input/Display, operation panel section control

1

10

98

2

4

5

7

36

Page 15: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4-6

7. Cross sectional view

No. Name Function/Operation1 Copy lamp Image radiation lamp2 Copy lamp unit Operates in synchronization with No. 2/3 mirror unit to radiate documents

sequentially.3 LSU unit Converts image signals into laser beams to write on the drum. 4 Lens unit Reads images with the lens and the CCD.5 MC holder unit Supplies negative charges evenly on the drum. 6 Paper exit roller Used to discharge paper. 7 Transport roller Used to transport paper.8 Upper heat roller Fuses toner on paper (with the teflon roller).9 Lower heat roller Fuses toner on paper (with the silicon rubber roller).

10 Waste toner transport roller Transports waste toner to the waste toner box.11 Drum unit Forms images.12 Transfer charger unit Transfer images (on the drum) onto paper. 13 DUP follower roller14 Duplex transport roller Transports paper for duplex .15 Resist roller Takes synchronization between the paper lead edge and the image lead edge. 16 Manual paper feed tray Manual paper feed tray17 Manual paper pick up roller Picks up paper in manual paper feed.18 No. 2/3 mirror unit Reflects the images from the copy lamp unit to the lens unit. 19 Manual transport roller Transports paper from the manual paper feed port.20 2nd tray paper transport roller Transports paper from the 2nd tray. 21 2nd tray paper pick up roller

(semi-circular roller)Picks up paper from the 2nd tray.

22 1st tray paper feed roller(semi-circular roller)

Picks up paper from the 1st tray.

23 MG roller Puts toner on the OPC drum.

1 4

6

78

9101112131415

16171920212223

53

18

2

Page 16: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5-1

[5]UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION

1.Installing conditionsA.Copier installation

Do not install your copier in areas that are:•damp, humid, or very dusty•exposed to direct sunlight•poorly ventilated•subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near an airconditioner or heater.

•Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicingand proper ventilation.

B.Power source

•Use an exclusive-use power outlet. If the power plug of this machine isinserted into a power outlet commonly used with other illuminationunits, flickers of the lamp may be result. Use a power outlet which is notused commonly with any illumination units.

•Avoid complex wiring.

C.Grounding wire connection.

•To avoid danger, be sure to connect a grounding wire. If no groundingwire is connected and a leakage occurs, a fire or an electric shock maybe result.

2.Removal of protective material and fixing screw

1) Remove all tapes and protective material.•Remove all tapes, then open the document cover and remove theprotective material of sheet shape

2) Remove the fixing screw.•Use a coin to remove the fixing screw.•The fixing screw is required when transporting the machine. Keep it inthe tray. (Refer to the later description.)

3.Installing procedureA.Developer cartridge installation

1) Open the manual tray, and open the side cover.

2) Open the front cover.•Hold the both sides and pull down to open.

3) Loosen the screw and remove the developer cartridge.

4) Remove the developer tank from the developer cartridge.

5) Supply developer into the developer tank while rotating the MG rollerin the arrow direction.

* Shake the developer bag enough before opening it.

Note:Check that the DV seal is free from developing agent. If developingagent is attached to the DV seal, clean it carefully. Check to insure that the hook is engaged in two positions.

6) Attach the developer tank to the developer cartridge.* After supplying developer into the developer cartridge, do not tilt or

shake the developer cartridge.7) Attach the developer cartridge to the copier, and fix it with the screw.

MG roller

Hook

Page 17: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5-2

B.Toner cartridge installation

1) Shake the toner cartridge several times horizontally, and remove thetape.

* Do not hold the shutter lever when shaking.* After removing the tape, do not tilt or shake the toner cartridge.

2) Attach the toner cartridge to the copier.

3) Pull the shutter lever.

Close the front cover A, then close the side cover B.•When closing the front cover, gently press the both sides.•When closing the side cover, hold the knob.•When closing the covers, be sure to close the front cover first, thenclose the side cover. If closed in a wrong sequence, the covers may bebroken.

4.Removal and storage of fixing screw1) Lift the knob and gently pull out the tray.

2) Hold the paper pressure plate and turn the fixing screw in the arrowdirection.

3) Store the fixing pin and the fixing screw in the tray.•Store the fixing screw which was removed in the above procedure 2 andthe fixing screw which was removed in procedure 2 of 2.

•Removal of protective material and fixing screw in the storage place inthe tray.

Shutter

Tape

Handle

4 or 5 times

ScrewPressureplatelock

Page 18: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5-3

5. Changing the copy paper size in the trayNote•The paper size setting cannot be changed when the machine hasstopped temporarily due to running out of paper or a misfeed, or duringinterrupt copying.

•During printing (even in copy mode), the paper size setting cannot bechanged.

•5-1/2" x 8-1/2" size paper can only be selected in upper paper tray.•Do not load paper that is a different size than the paper size setting.Copying will not be possible.

1) Hold down the [PAPER SIZE ENTER] key for more than 5 seconds toset the selected paper size.The currently selected paper feed location indicator will blink and thecorresponding paper size (which is currently set) indicator will lightsteadily.All other indicators will go out.

2) Use the [TRAY SELECT] key to select the paper tray for which youwish to change the paper size setting.Each time the [TRAY SELECT] key is pressed, a paper tray will beindicated with a blinking paper feed location indicator.

3) Use the [ORIGINAL SIZE ENTER] key to select the paper size.The indicator of the selected paper size lights up.

4) Squeeze the lock lever of the front guide and slide the front guide tomatch the width of the paper, and move the left guide to theappropriate slot as marked on the tray.

•The front guide is a slide-type guide. Grasp the locking knob on theguide and slide the guide to the indicator line of the paper to be loaded.

•The left guide is an insert-type guide. Remove it and then insert it at theindicator line of the paper to be loaded.

•When using 11" x 17" sized paper store the left guide in the slot at theleft front of the paper tray.

6) Press the [START] key and then the [PAPER SIZE ENTER] key.To change the paper size setting of another tray, repeat steps 2 to 3after pressing the [START] key.

NoteAffix the paper size label for the paper size selected in step 3 to the labelposition on the right end of the tray.

GINAL PAPERSIZE

11X178½X148½X11

8½X118½X5½

EXTRA

TRAYSELECT

ORIGINAL SIZEENTER

GINAL PAPERSIZE

11X178½X148½X11

8½X118½X5½

EXTRA

Left guide

Front guide

START

Page 19: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-1

[6]ADJUSTMENTS

1.Adjustment item list

2.Copier adjustmentA.Process section

(1) Developing doctor gap adjustment

1) Loosen the developing doctor fixing screw A.2) Insert a thickness gauge of 1.5mm to the three positions at 20mm

and 130mm from the both ends of the developing doctor as shown.

3) Push the developing doctor in the arrow direction, and tighten thedeveloping doctor fixing screw. (Perform the same procedure for thefront and the rear frames.)

4) Check the clearance of the developing doctor. If it is within thespecified range, then fix the doctor fixing screw with screw lock.

* When inserting a thickness gauge, be careful not to scratch thedeveloping doctor and the MG roller.

<Adjustment specification>

(2) MG roller main pole position adjustment

1) Remove and separate the waste toner box and put the developingunit on a flat surface.

2) Tie a string to a needle or a pin. 3) Hold the string and bring the needle close to the MG roller

horizontally. (Do not use paper clip, which is too heavy to make acorrect adjustment.) (Put the developing unit horizontally for thisadjustment.)

4) Do not bring the needle into contact with the MG roller, but bring it toa position 2 or 3mm apart from the MG roller. Mark the point on theMG roller which is on the extension line from the needle tip.

5) Measure the distance from the marking position to the top of thedoctor plate of the developing unit to insure that it is 18mm.If the distance is not within the specified range, loosen the fixingscrew A of the main pole adjustment plate, and move the adjustmentplate in the arrow direction to adjust.

Section Adjustment item Adjustment procedure/SIM No.

A Process section

(1) Developing doctor gap adjustment Developing doctor gap adjustment

(2) MG roller main pole position adjustment MG roller main pole position adjustment

(3) Developing bias voltage check

(4) Main charger voltage check

B Mechanism section

(1) Image position adjustment SIM-50

(2) Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion balance adjustment

No. 2/3 mirror base unit installing position adjustment

Copy lamp unit installing position adjustment

(3) Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion adjustment Rail height adjustment

(4) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) distortion adjustment

Winding pulley position adjustment

(5) Main scanning direction (FR direction) magnification ratio adjustment

SIM 48-1

(6) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) magnification ratio adjustment

OC mode in copying (SIM 48-1)

SPF mode in copying (SIM 48-5)

(7) Off center adjustment OC mode (SIM 50-12)

SPF mode (SIM 50-12)

(8) SPF white correction pixel position adjustment(required in an SPF model when replacing the lens unit)

SIM63-7

C Image density adjustment

(1) Copy mode SIM 46-1

Developing doctor gap

Both ends (20mm from the both ends) :

C (Center) (150mm from the both ends) :

1.5 mm+0.1- 0.15

1.55 mm+0.15- 0.2

Page 20: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-2

(3)Developing bias voltage check

Note:Use a digital multi-meter with an internal resistance of 10MΩ ormore.

1) Set the digital multi-meter range to DC700V. 2) Put the test rod of the digital multi-meter on the developing bias

voltage output check pin. 3) Turn on the power, execute SIM25-1.

<Specification>

(4) Grid bias voltage check

Note:Use a digital multi-meter with an internal resistance of 10MΩ ormore.

1) Set the digital multi-meter range to DC700V.2) Put the test rod of the digital multi-meter on the grid bias voltage

output check pin. 3) Turn on the power.

(The voltage is outputted in the grid bias High output mode duringwarming up, and in the grid bias Low output mode when warming upis completed.)

<Specification>

B.Mechanism section

Note: If a jam error or paper empty occurs during copying in theadjustment by the simulation, the image data are not saved, andtherefore recopying is required.

(1)Image position adjustment

a.OC image lead edge position adjustment (SIM 50-1)

Note: In advance to this adjustment, the sub scanning magnification ratioadjustment must be performed.

1) Set a scale on the OC table as shown below.

2) Make a copy.3) Check the copy output. If necessary, perform the following

adjustment procedures.4) Execute SIM 50-1.5) Set the OC lead edge position set value (Exposure display

<<PHOTO>> ON) to [1]The OC image scanning start position is shifted inside the documentedge.

6) Set the main cassette lead edge void adjustment value (Exposuredisplay <<TEXT>> ON) * to [1]The lead edge void becomes the minimum.

7) Set the main cassette print start position value (Exposure display<<AUTO+MAIN CASSETTE LAMP>> ON) to [1] and make a copy.The print start position is shifted inside the document edge.

8) Measure the image loss R of the copied image. Enter the set value ofthe image scanning lead edge position (Exposure display<<PHOTO>> ON) again.

•1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.•Calculate the set value from the formula below.R/0.1(mm) = Image loss set value <R: Image loss measurement value (mm)>

Example: 4/0.1 = 40 = about 40Note: If the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform the

fine adjustment.

Mode Specification

Developing bias voltage DC - 400±8V

Mode Specification

Grid bias LOW DC - 400±8V

Grid bias HIGH DC - 525±10V

5

10

5mm

4mm

*The dimension varies depending on the model.

10

5mm

0mm5

* The scanning edge is set. (A line may be printed by scanning the document edge.)

Page 21: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-3

9) Measure the distance H between the paper lead edge and the imageprint start position. Set the image print start position set value(Exposure display <<AUTO+MAIN CASSETTE LAMP>> ON) again.

•1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.•Calculate the set value from the formula below.H/0.1(mm) = Image print start position set value <H: Print start position measurement value (mm)>

Example: 5/0.1 = 50 = about 50Note: If the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform the

fine adjustment.10) Set the lead edge void adjustment value (Exposure display

<<TEXT>> ON)* again.•1 step of the set value corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.•Calculate the set value from the formula below.B/0.05 (mm) = Lead edge void adjustment value <B: Lead edge void (mm)>

Example: When setting the lead edge void to 2.5mm:2.5 /0.05 = about 50

Note: If the set value is not obtained from the above formula, perform thefine adjustment.

* 2nd cassette lead edge void adjustment: Exposure display <<AUTO+ TEXT + PHOTO>>Multi bypass tray lead edge void adjustment: Exposure display<<TEXT + PHOTO>>

<Duplex mode adjustment>

OC 2nd print surface (Auto duplex) lead edge position adjustment:SIM50-19 <<PHOTO>>* For the adjustment procedure, set to S → D mode before execution.

Note:Before performing the 2nd print surface lead edge positionadjustment and the lead edge void adjustment, be sure to performthe 1st print surface lead edge position adjustment in advance, andbe sure to perform the 2nd print surface lead edge positionadjustment and then the lead edge void adjustment in thissequence.

<Adjustment specification>

* (Set to S → D mode for before execution)

b.SPF image lead edge position adjustment (SIM50-6)

1) Set a scale on the OC table as shown below.

Note:Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale inparalled with the edge lines.

2) Make a copy, Then use the copy output as an original to make anSPF copy again.

3) Check the copy output. If necessary, perform the followingadjustment procedures.

4) Execute SIM 50-6.5) Set the SPF lead edge position set value (Exposure display

<<AUTO>> ON) so that the same image is obtained as that obtainedin the previous OC image lead edge position adjustment.

<Adjustment specification>

5

10

0mm

0mm

*Fit the print edge with the paper edge, and perform the lead edge adjustment.

5

10

2.5mm

2.5mm

Adjustment mode

SIM LED Set value

Spec value

Setrange

OC image lead edge position

SIM50-1

PHOTO R/0.1 Lead edge

void:1 - 4mm

Image loss: 3mm or less

1 ~ 99

Main cassette print start position

AUTO+

MAIN

B/0.1

2nd cassette print start position

AUTO+

2ndCASSETTE

Multi bypass tray print start position

AUTO+

MULTI

Lead edge void TEXT B/0.05

OC 2nd print surface lead edge position adjustment

SIM50-19*

PHOTO 1 step: 0.1mm shift

Adjustment mode SIM LED Set value Spec value Set range

SPF image lead edge position(1st print surface)

SIM50-6

AUTO 1 step: 0.1mm shift

Lead edge void:1 - 4mm

Image loss: 3mm or less

1 ~ 99

(2nd print surface) TEXT

Page 22: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-4

c.Rear edge void adjustment (SIM50-1, SIM50-19)

1) Set a scale as shown in the figure below.

2) Set the document size to A4 (8.5" x 11"), and make a copy at 100%.3) If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedure.

4) Execute SIM 50-1 and set the density mode to AUTO + TEXT +PHOTO (Rear edge void).The currently set adjustment value isdisplayed.

5) Enter the set value and press the start key. The correction value isstored and a copy is made.

<Duplex mode adjustment>

* 1st print surface (auto duplex) rear edge void adjustment:SIM50-19 <<AUTO>>

* 2nd print surface (auto duplex) rear edge void adjustment:SIM50-19<<TEXT>>

* Set to S → D mode before execution.

Note:Before performing the 2nd print surface rear edge void adjustment,be sure to perform the 2nd print surface lead edge positionadjustment. Never reverse the sequence.

<Adjustment specification>

* Set to S → D mode before execution

d. Paper off center adjustment (SIM50-10)

1) Set a test chart (UKOG-0089CSZZ) on the document table.2) Select a paper feed port and make a copy. Compare the copy and

the test chart. If necessary, perform the following adjustmentprocedure.

3) Execute SIM 50-10. After completion of warm-up, shading isperformed and the currently set off center adjustment value of eachpaper feed port is displayed.

4) Enter the set value and press the start key. The correction value isstored and a copy is made.

<Duplex mode adjustment>

* 2nd print surface (auto duplex) off-center adjustment:SIM50-10<<TEXT+MAIN CASSETTE>>

<Adjustment specification>

e.Side edge void area adjustment (SIM26-43)

Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the paperoff center adjustment (SIM 50-10) is completed.

1) Set a test chart (UKOG-0089CSZZ) on the document table.2) Select a paper feed port and make two copies. Compare the 2nd

copy and the test chart. If necessary, perform the followingadjustment procedure.

* The 1st copy does not show the void. Be sure to check the 2nd copy.3) Execute SIM 26-43 and set the density mode to AUTO(right edge

void) + TEXT (Left edge void).The currently set adjustment value is displayed.

4) Enter the set value and press the start key. The correction value isstored.

<Adjustment specification>

* The void adjustment values on the right and the left must be thesame.

(2) Main scanning direction(FR direction) distortion balance adjustment

1) Remove the OC glass and the right cabinet.

Mode SIM LED Set value Specifi- cation

Set range

Rear edge void SIM 50-1

AUTO +

TEXT+

PHOTO

1 step: 0.1mm shift

4mm or less

1 ~ 99

1st print surface rear edge void

SIM 50-19*

AUTO

2nd print surface rear edge void

SIM 50-19*

TEXT

A4(8.5" x 11")

Paper rear edge

Scale image

Paper rear edge

Void amount (Standard value: 4mm or less)

Mode SIM LED Set value Specifi- cation

Set range

Paper off center

SIM 50-10

AUTO+

Selected tray ON

Add 1: 0.1mm shift to R side.

Reduce 1: 0.1mm shift to L side.

Single:Center±2.0mm

1 ~ 99

2nd print surface off-

center

SIM 50-10

TEXT+

MAIN CASSETTE

Duplex:Center±2.5mm

ode SIM LED Set value Specifi-cation

Set range

Left edge void SIM 26-43

AUTO(right edge)

+TEXT

(left edge)

1 step: 0.5mm shift

0.5 ~ 4mm 1 ~ 99

(1)

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

(3)

Page 23: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-5

2) Loosen the copy lamp unit wire fixing screw.

3) Manually turn the mirror base drive pulley and bring No. 2/3 mirrorbase unit into contact with the positioning plate. At that time, if thefront frame side and the rear frame side of No. 2/3 mirror base unitare brought into contact with the positioning plate at the same time,the mirror base unit parallelism is proper. If one of them is in contactwith the positioning plate, perform the adjustment of 4).

4) Loosen the set screw of the scanner drive pulley which is not incontact with No. 2/3 mirror base unit positioning plate.

5) Without moving the scanner drive pulley shaft, manually turn thescanner drive pulley until the positioning plate is brought into contactwith No. 2/3 mirror base unit, then fix the scanner drive pulley.

6) Put No. 2/3 mirror base unit on the positioning plate again, push theprojections on the front frame side and the rear frame side of thecopy lamp unit to the corner frame, and tighten the wire fixing screw.

Wire fixing screw

Page 24: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-6

(3)Main scanning direction (FR direction) distortion adjustment

This adjustment must be performed in the following cases:•When the mirror base drive wire is replaced.•When the lamp unit, or No. 2/3 mirror holder is replaced.•When a copy as shown is made.

1) Set A3 (11" x 17") white paper on the original table as shown below.

2) Open the original cover and make a normal (100%) copy. 3) Measure the width of the black background at the lead edge and at

the rear edge.

If the width (La) of the black background at the lead edge is equal that(Lb) at the rear edge, there is no need to execute the followingprocedures of 4) ~ 7).

4) Loosen the mirror base drive pulley fixing screw on the front frameside or on the rear frame side.

5)Tighten the mirror base drive pulley fixing screw.

<Adjustment specification>

La = Lb

6) Execute the main scanning direction (FR) distartion balanceadjustment previously described in 2) again.

(4) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) distortion adjustment

When there is no skew copy in the mirror base scanning direction andthere is no horizontal error (right angle to the scanning direction), theadjustment can be made by adjusting the No. 2/3 mirror base unit railheight.Before performing this adjustment, be sure to perform the horizontalimage distortion adjustment in the laser scanner section. This adjustment must be performed in the following cases:•When the mirror base wire is replaced.•When the copy lamp unit or No. 2/3 mirror unit is replaced. •When the mirror unit rail is replaced or moved.•When a following copy is made.

LbLa

Original Copy

Paper exit direction

Fit the paper edge and the glass holding plate edge.

A3 (11" x 17") white paperGlass holding plate

Allow a little space.

Paper exit direction

La: Lead edge black background widthLb: Rear edge black background width

A

B

Rear side

Front side

When La < LbTurn the mirror base drive pulley on the front frame side in thearrow direction A.(Do not move the mirror base drive pulley shaft.)

When La > LbTurn the mirror base drive pulley on the front frame side in thearrow direction A.(Do not move the mirror base drive pulley shaft.)

Original Copy A Copy B

Page 25: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-7

1) Making of a test sheet Make test sheet by drawing parallel lines at 10mm from the bothends of A3 (11" x 17") white paper as shown below. (These linesmust be correctly parallel to each other.)

2) Make a normal (100%) copy of the test sheet on A3 (11" x 17")paper. (Fit the paper edge with the glass holding plate edge.)

3) Measure the distances (La, Lb, Lc, Ld) at the four corners as shownbelow.

When La = Lb and Lc = Ld, no need to perform the procedures 4) and 5).

4) Move the mirror base F rail position up and down (in the arrowdirection) to adjust.

Note: If the rear side rail is used for the adjustment, the scanning positionof the white balance sheet is shifted and "E7-04" may occur onlywhen scanning with the SPF. Therefore it is advisable to use thefront side rail for the adjustment.

<Adjustment specification>

La = Lb, Lc = Ld

5) After completion of adjustment, manually turn the mirror base drivepulley, scan the mirror base A and mirror base B fully, and check thatthe mirror bases are not in contact with each other.

* If the mirror base rail is moved extremely, the mirror base may be incontact with the frame or the original glass. Be careful to avoid this.

(5) Main scanning direction (FR direction) magnification ratio adjustment (SIM 48-1)

Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the CCDunit is properly installed.

1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below.

2) Execute SIM 48-1.3) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the

main scanning direction magnification ratio is displayed on thedisplay section in 2 digits.

4) Select the mode and press the start key again. 5) Manual correction mode (TEXT lamp ON)

Enter the set value and press the start key. The set value is stored and a copy is made.

10mm

10mm

10mm

10mm

Parallel line

White paper

Parallel line

La

Lb Ld

Lc

Paper exit direction

When La > LbShift the mirror base B rail upward by the half of thedifference of La - Lb.

When La < LbShift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of thedifference of Lb - La.Example: When La = 12mm and Lb = 9mm, shift the mirror

base B rail upward by 1.5mm.

When Lc > LdShift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of thedifference of Lc - Ld.

When Lc < LdShift the mirror base B rail downward by the half of thedifference of Ld - Lc.

When moving the mirror base rail, hold the mirror base railwith your hand.

Page 26: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-8

<Adjustment specification>

Note: A judgment must be made with 200mm width, and must not bemade with 100mm width.

(6) Sub scanning direction (scanning direction) magnification ratio adjustment (SIM 48-1, SIM 48-5)

a. OC mode in copying (SIM48-1)

Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the CCDunit is properly installed.

1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below, and make a normal(100%) copy.

2) Compare the scale image and the actual image. If necessary,perform the following adjustment procedures.

3) Execute SIM 48-1.<<PHOTO>>4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the

main scanning direction magnification ratio is displayed on thedisplay section in 2 digits.

5) When the photo lamp is lighted by pressing the density selection key,the current magnification ratio correction value in the sub scanningdirection is displayed in lower 2 digits of the display section.

6) Enter the set value and press the start key.The set value is stored and a copy is made.

<Adjustment specification>

b. RSPF sub scanning direction magnification ratio (SIM48-5)

Note:•Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the CCD unit isproperly installed.

•Before performing this adjustment, the OC mode adjustment in copyingmust be completed.

1) Put a scale on the original table as shown below, and make a normal(100%) copy to make a test chart.

Note:Since the printed copy is used as a test chart, put the scale inparallel with the edge lines.

2) Set the test chart on the SPF and make a normal (100%) copy. 3) Compare the scale image and the actual image. If necessary,

perform the following adjustment procedures. 4) Execute SIM 48-5. 5) After warm-up, shading is performed.

The auto density lamp lights up and the current front surface subscanning direction magnification ratio correction value is displayed intwo digits on the display section.

6) Enter the set value and press the start key.The set value is stored and a copy is made.

7) Change the mode from the duplex original mode to the simplexoriginal mode."MANUAL" lamp lights up and the current back surface sub scanningdirection magnification ratio is displayed in two digits on the displaysection.

8) Enter the set value and press the start key.The set value is stored and a copy is made.

<Adjustment specification>

(7) Off center adjustment (SIM 50-12)

a. OC mode (SIM50-12)

1) Make a test chart as shown below and set it so that its center line isfit with the original guide center mark.

* To make a test chart, draw a line on A3 or 11" x 17" paper at thecenter in the paper transport direction.

2) Make a normal copy from the manual paper feed tray, and comparethe copy and the test chart.If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedures.

3) Execute SIM 50-12. 4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the

off center adjustment is displayed on the display section in 2 digits.5) Enter the set value and press the start key.

The set value is stored and a copy is made.

<Adjustment specification>

Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range

Main scanning direction magnification ratio

At normal: ±1.0%

SIM 48-1 Add 1:0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1%decrease

1 ~ 99

Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range

Sub scanning direction magnification ratio(OC mode)

Normal±1.0%

SIM 48-1(PHOTO)

Add 1:0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1% decrease

1 ~ 99

Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range

Sub scanning direction magnification ratio(SPF mode)

Normal ±1.0%

SIM 48-5 Add 1:0.1% increaseReduce 1: 0.1% decrease

1 ~ 99

Mode Specification SIM Set value Set range

Original off center mode(OC mode)

Single:Center ±2.0mm

SIM 50-12(AE lamp

ON)

Add 1:0.1mm shift to R sideReduce 1: 0.1mm shift to L side

1 ~ 99

Center

Original guide

Copy paper (A3 or 17" x 11")

Page 27: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ADJUSTMENT 6-9

b. SPF original off-center adjustment (SIM50-12)

Note:Before performing this adjustment, be sure to check that the paperoff center is properly adjusted.

1) Make a test chart for the center position adjustment and set it on theSPF.

<Adjustment specification>

Draw a line on a paper in the scanning direction. 2) Make a normal copy from the manual paper feed tray, and compare

the copy and the original test chart.If necessary, perform the following adjustment procedures.

3) Execute SIM 50-12. 4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the

off center adjustment at each paper feed port is displayed on thedisplay section in 2 digits.

5) Enter the set value and press the start key. The set value is stored and a copy is made.

<Adjustment specification>

(8) SPF white correction pixel position adjustment(SIM63-7)(required in an SPF model when replacing the lens unit)

1) Fully open the SPF.2) Execute SIM 63-7.3) When the operation panel displays "COMPLETE,"the adjustment is

completed.4) If the operation panel displays "ERROR,"perform the following

measures.•When the display is 0:Check that the SPF is open.Check that the lamp is ON.(If the lamp is OFF,check the MCU connector.)Check that the CCD harness is properly inserted into the MCUconnector.•When the display is 281 or above:1) Remove the table glass.2) Remove the dark box.3) Slide the lens unit toward the front side and attach it,then execute

SIM.•When the display is 143 or below:1) Remove the table glass.2) Remove the dark box.3) Slide the lens unit toward the rear side and attach it,then execute

SIM.

* When the lens unit is moved,execute the OC main scanningmagnification ratio auto adjustment,SIM 48-1-1,IM48-3 and the PForiginal off-center adjustment.

* This adjustment is basically O.K.with IM 63-7.

C.Image density adjustment

(1)Copy mode (SIM 46-1)

1)Set a test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) on the OC table as shown below.

2) Put several sheets of A3 or 11" x 17" white paper on the test chart. 3) Execute SIM 46-1.4) After warm-up, shading is performed and the current set value of the

density level is displayed on the display section in 2 digits. For mode selection, use the density select key.

5) Change the set value with the 10-key to adjust the copy imagedensity.

6) Make a copy and check that the specification below is satisfied.

<Adjustment specification>

Mode Specification SIM Set value Setrange

Original off center mode(SPF mode)

Single:Center ±3.0mm(TEXT lamp)

SIM50-12

Add 1:0.1mm shift to R sideReduce 1: 0.1mm shift to L side

1 ~ 99

Duplex:Center ±3.5mm(PHOTO lamp)

RF

Density mode

Display lamp

Exposure level

Sharp Gray Chart output

Set value Set range

Auto Auto - "2" is slightly copied.

The greater the set value is the greater the density is The smaller the set value is the smaller the density is.

1 ~ 99

Text Text 3 "3" is slightly copied.

Photo Photo 3 "2" is slightly copied.

Toner save

Text/Photo

3 "3" is slightly copied

Toner save

Auto/Photo

- "2" is slightly copied

Page 28: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-1

[7] SIMULATIONS1. Entering the simulation modePerform the following procedure to enter the simulation mode."#" key Interrupt key "C" key Interrupt key Main code Start key Sub code Start key

2. Canceling the simulation modeWhen the clear all key is pressed, the simulation mode is cancelled.When the interruption key is pressed, the process is interrupted and thescreen returns to the sub code entering display.* After canceling the simulation mode, be sure to turn OFF/ON the

power and check the operation.Note: If the machine is terminated by a jam error or paper empty during

copying in the adjustment by the simulation, recopying is required.

3. List of simulationsMaincode

Subcode

Contents

01 01 Mirror scanning operation

02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display

06 Mirror scanning operation aging

02 01 Single paper feeder (SPF) aging

02 SPF sensor status display

03 SPF motor operation check

08 SPG paper feed solenoid operation check

09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check

10 RSPF paper exit gate solenoid operation check

11 SPF PS release solenoid operation check

03 02 Shifter sensors status display

03 Shifter operation check

11 Shifter home position check

05 01 Operation panel display check

02 Fusing lamp and cooling fan operation check

03 Copy lamp lighting check

06 01 Paper feed solenoid operation check

02 Resist roller solenoid operation check

10 Main cassette semicircular roller cleaning

07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam

06 Intermittent aging

08 Shifting with warm-up display

08 01 Developing bias output

02 Main charger output (Grid = HIGH)

03 Main charger output (Grid = LOW)

06 Transfer charger output

09 01 Duplex motor forward rotation check

02 Duplex motor reverse rotation check

04 Duplex motor RPM adjustment

05 Duplex motor switchback time adjustment

10 - Toner motor operation

14 - Trouble cancel (except for U2)

16 - U2 trouble cancel

20 01 Maintenance counter clear

21 01 Maintenance cycle setting

02 Mini maintenance cycle setting

22 01 Maintenance counter display

02 Maintenance preset display

03 Jam memory display

04 Jam total counter display

05 Total counter display

06 Developing counter display

07 Mini maintenance preset display

08 SPF counter display

09 Paper feed counter display

12 Drum counter display

13 CRUM type display

14 P-ROM version display

15 Trouble memory display

16 Duplex print counter display

17 Copy counter display

18 Printer counter display

19 Scanner mode counter display

21 Scanner counter display

22 SPF jam counter display

Page 29: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-2

24 01 Jam total counter clear

02 Trouble memory clear

04 SPF counter clear

05 Duplex print counter clear

06 Paper feed counter clear

07 Drum counter clear

08 Copy counter clear

09 Printer counter clear

13 Scanner counter clear

14 SPF jam total counter clear

15 Scanner mode counter clear

25 01 Main motor operation check

10 Polygon motor operation check

26 02 Size setting

03 Auditor setting

04 Copier duplex setting

05 Count mode setting

06 Destination setting

07 Machine condition check (CPM)

18 Toner save mode setting

30 CE mark conformity control ON/OFF

31 Auditor mode exclusive setup

36 Cancel of stop at maintenance life over

37 Cancel of stop at developer life over

38 Cancel of stop at drum life over

39 Memory capacity check

42 Transfer ON/OFF timing control setting

43 Side void amount setting

51 Copy temporary stop function setting

30 01 Paper sensor status display

42 01 Developing counter clear

43 01 Fusing temperature setting

10 Postcard paper feed cycle setting

11 Postcard size paper fusing temperature setting

12 Standby mode fusing fan rotation setting

13 Fusing paper interval control allow/inhibit setting

44 34 Transfer current setting

40 Setting of rotation time before toner supply

46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)

09 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 300dpi

10 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 600dpi

11 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Photo) 600dpi

18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)

19 Exposure mode setting(Gamma table setting/AE operation mode setting/Photo image process setting)

20 SPF exposure correction

29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)

30 AE limit setting

31 Image sharpness adjustment

48 01 Main scanning magnification ratio adjustment

05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scanning magnification ratio adjustment in copying

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode

Maincode

Sub code

Contents

50 01 Image lead edge adjustment

06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF)

10 Paper off-center adjustment

12 Document off-center adjustment

18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copy

19 Rear edge void adjustment in duplex copy

51 02 Resist amount adjustment

53 08 SPF scanning position automatic adjustment

61 03 HSYNC output check

63 01 Shading check

07 SPF automatic correction

64 01 Self print

Maincode

Subcode

Contents

Page 30: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-3

4. Contents of simulationsMain code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

01 01 Mirror scanning operation When the [START] key is pressed, the home position is checked in the first place, and the mirror base performs A3 full scanning once at the set magnification ratio speed. During this scanning, the set magnification ratio is displayed. The mirror home position sensor status is displayed with the photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp. (The lamp lights up when the mirror is in the home position.)During scanning, the copy lamp lights up. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the operation is interrupted to go to the sub code input standby mode.

02 Mirror home position sensor (MHPS) status display

Used to monitor the mirror home position sensor. When the sensor is ON, the photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp is lighted. During that time, the display section displays the sub code. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. (When the CA key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.)

06 Mirror scanning operation aging When the [START] key is pressed, the mirror base performs A3 full scanning at the set magnification ratio speed. During scanning, the set magnification ratio is displayed. After 3 seconds, the mirror base performs full scanning again. During scanning, the set magnification ratio is displayed. * When the [START] key is pressed again, the ready lamp turns and remains off.

The photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp displays the status of the mirror home positionsensor. (The lamp lights up when the mirror is in the home position.)During aging, the copy lamp lights up. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the operation isinterrupted if operating, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

02 01 Single paper feeder (SPF) aging When the [START] key is pressed, the set magnification ratio is acquired and document transport operation of single surface is performed in the case of SPF or document transport operation of duplex surfaces is performed in the case of RSPF. Since, however, there is no limited condition for this operation, it does not stop even at a paper jam. During operation, the LED on the display section corresponding to the selected magnification ratio lights up, and the magnification ratio is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed at that time, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. <Conditions for executing this simulation>Set paper on the SPF and fix it with tape. If paper is not fixed, the operations cannot be guaranteed.

02 SPF sensor status display (In order to receive the sensor change notification, the load must be decreased.)The sensor status (ON/OFF) in the SPF can be checked with the following lamps.When a sensor detects paper, it turns on. The open/close detection sensor turns on when the machine is opened.

When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

03 SPF motor operation check When the [START] key is pressed, the motor rotates for 10 sec at the speed corresponding to the set magnification ratio. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine stops operation and goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

08 SPG paper feed solenoid operation check

The SPF paper feed solenoid (PSOL) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times. After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode.When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

09 RSPF reverse solenoid operation check

The RSPF reverse solenoid (PSOL) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times.After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

10 RSPF paper exit gate solenoid operation check

The RSPF paper exit gate solenoid (GSOL) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times.After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

Display lamp Sensor

Developing cartridge replacement lampCopier jam lampPhotoconductor cartridge replacement lampPaper empty lampSPF jam lampManual paper feed lampTray jam lampAE lampTEXT lampPHOTO lamp

SPF document set sensorSPF document transport sensorSPF unit (OC cover) open/close sensorSPF paper exit sensorSPF paper feed cover open/close sensorSPF paper length sensor 1SPF paper length sensor 2SPF paper feed width sensor (small)SPF paper feed width sensor (middle)SPF paper feed width sensor (large)

Page 31: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-4

02 11 SPF PS release solenoid operation check

The SPF PS release solenoid (CLH) is turned ON for 500msec and OFF for 500msec. This operation is repeated 20 times. After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

03 02 Shifter sensors status display The shifter HP sensor is monitored. When the sensor is ON, the [Copier position jam lamp] is lighted. During this operation, the display section displays the sub code. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

03 Shifter operation check The shifter is reciprocated 4 times. During the process, the display section displays the sub code. After completion of the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. To stop the shifter, however, stop is in the home position.

11 Shifter home position check The shifter is moved in one direction by the specified steps. The 7-seg LED displays the sub code.While the shifter is moving, the shifter HP sensor is monitored. While the sensor is ON, the machine position jam lamp is lighted.

When the [Interrupt] key is pressed during the process, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

05 01 Operation panel display check <<LED check mode (ALL ON/Individual ON)>>When the [START] key is pressed in the sub code input mode, all the LED's (including the 7-seg lamps) are turned ON. After 5 sec of all ON, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode. When the [Mode select] key is pressed during all ON, the lighting mode is shifted to the individual ON mode, where the LED's are individually lighted from the left top, to the left bottom, to the next line top, to the bottom, and so on. (For the 7-seg lamps, the 3-digit lamps are lighted at once.) After completion of lighting of all the lamps, the mode is shifted to the all ON mode. After 5 sec of all ON mode, the machine goes to the sub code input standby mode.

When the [Interrupt] key is pressed in the LCD check mode, the machine goes back to the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated. When the [START] key is pressed with all the lamps ON, the machine goes back to the key input check mode. << Key input check mode>>When the machine goes into the key input check mode, [- - -] is displayed on the copy quantity display. Every time when a key on the operation panel is pressed, the input value is added on the copy quantity display. [- - -] [ 1] [ 2] •••.When a key is pressed once, it is not counted again. When the [START] key is pressed, the input number is added and displayed for 3 sec, and the machine goes into the LED lighting check mode (LED all ON state). When the [Interrupt] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When the key is pressed for the second time, the machine goes into the sub code input mode. When the [CA] key is pressed for the first time, it is counted. When the key is pressed for the second time, the simulation is terminated. (Note for the key input check mode). •Press the [START] key at the end. (When the key is pressed during the process, the machine goesinto the LED lighting check mode (all ON state).).

•When two or more keys are pressed simultaneously, they are ignored.

02 Fusing lamp and cooling fan operation check

When the [START] key is pressed, the fusing lamp turns ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms.The operation is repeated 5 times. During this process, the cooling fan motor rotates.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

03 Copy lamp lighting check When the [START] key is pressed, the copy lamp lights up for 5 sec. After completion of lighting, themachine goes into the sub code input mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the process is interrupted and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

3 key:4 key:5 key:

Step toward the frontStep toward the rearInitial

Individual ON mode cycle: 300ms for ON 20ms for OFF

Page 32: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-5

06 01 Paper feed solenoid operation check

When this simulation is executed, the sub code is displayed on the 7-seg LED and the lamp corresponding to the solenoid lights up. Select a solenoid with the tray select key (the lamp corresponding to the solenoid lights up) and press the [START] key, and the machine repeats operation of ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms.This operation is repeated 20 times.After that, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

02 Resist roller solenoid operation check

When the [START] key is pressed in the sub code input state, the resist solenoid (RRS) turns ON for 500ms and OFF for 500ms. This operation is repeated 20 times. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

10 Main cassette semicircular roller cleaning

The main motor is rotated to rotate the semicircular roller of the main cassette one turn to face the semicircular roller down. (Remove the developing layer when performing this operation.)During this process, the sub code is displayed on the display section.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam

Copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity. When this simulation is executed, warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted up every second from 0 and displayed. After completion of warm-up, warm-up time count is stopped. When the [CA] key is pressed, the ready lamp lights up. After that, when the copy quantity is inputted with keys and the [START] key is pressed, copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity. (Intermittent 0 sec)This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or performing a simulation that executes hardware reset.

06 Intermittent aging Copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity. When this simulation is performed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. Enter the copy quantity with the key and press the [START] key, and copying is repeated to make the set copy quantity, the ready state remains for 3 sec, and copying is repeated again to make the set copy quantity. These operations are repeated. This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or performing a simulation that executes hardware reset.

08 Shifting with warm-up display (Shifting similar to pressing the CA key)

When the simulation code is entered, warm-up is started and warm-up time is counted up every second from 0 and displayed. When the [CA] key is pressed during counting up, the display section displays "0" and count-up process stops. However, warm-up is continued. After completion of warm-up, counting is stopped. Press the [CA] key to terminate the simulation mode. (This simulation is similar to SIM07-01, but without the aging function.)

08 01 Developing bias output When the [START] key is pressed, the developing bias signal is turned ON for 30 sec. However, to calculate the actual output value is calculated, execute SIM25-01.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

02 Main charger output (Grid = HIGH) When the [START] key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage HIGH mode. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

03 Main charger output (Grid = LOW) When the [START] key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage LOW mode. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

06 Transfer charger output Select an output mode with the [Mode select] key and press the [START] key. The transfer charger output is delivered for 30 sec in the selected mode. After 30 sec of transfer charger output, the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

* Supported for the installed models only. Skipped for the models without installation.

Display lamp Solenoid

Main cassette lamp 2nd cassette lamp3rd cassette lamp4th cassette lampManual paper feed lamp2nd cassette jam lampMachine jam lamp & 2nd cassette jam lamp

Main cassette paper feed solenoid* 2nd cassette paper feed solenoid* 3rd cassette paper feed solenoid* 4th cassette paper feed solenoidManual paper feed solenoid* 2nd cassette paper transport solenoid* 3rd cassette transport solenoid

•Small size is Letter R (A4R) or smaller.

Display lamp Output mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE & TEXT & PHOTO mode lamp

Normal size width: Front surfaceNormal size width: Back surfaceSmall size width: Front surfaceSmall size width: Back surfaceManual paper feed mode

Page 33: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-6

09 01 Duplex motor forward rotation check

The duplex motor is driven in forward direction (in the paper exit direction) for 30 sec. During the process, the display section displays the sub code. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

02 Duplex motor reverse rotation check

The duplex motor is driven in reverse direction for 30 sec. During the process, the display section displays the sub code. After completion of the process, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

04 Duplex motor RPM adjustment When any key input is made, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data are acquired and stored in the EEPROM, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When, however, the [START] key is pressed outside the set range, it is not assured.

At that time, when the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the data are not rewritten and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated without rewriting the data.

05 Duplex motor switchback time adjustment

When any key input is made, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data are acquired and stored in the EEPROM, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

At that time, when the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the data are not rewritten and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated without rewriting the data.

10 - Toner motor operation When the [START] key is pressed, the toner motor is driven for 30 sec.After completion of the process, the machine goes into the main code input standby mode. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the main code input standby mode.

14 - Trouble cancel (except for U2) * Trouble to write into the EEPROM such as H trouble is canceled and hardware reset isperformed.

16 - U2 trouble cancel * U2 trouble is canceled and hardware reset is performed.

20 01 Maintenance counter clear When the [Start] key is pressed, the maintenance count value is cleared and "000000" is displayed.(Alternate display of "000" and "000")

21 01 Maintenance cycle setting The current set maintenance cycle code is displayed (initial display), and the set data are stored.

02 Mini maintenance cycle setting (Valid only when the destination is set to Japan AB series.)

The current set maintenance cycle code is displayed (initial display), and the set data are stored.

22 01 Maintenance counter display The maintenance counter value is displayed.

02 Maintenance preset display (Valid only when the destination is set to EX Japan)

The copy quantity corresponding to the code that is set with SIM21-01 is displayed. (For example: 50,000 sheets)

03 Jam memory display The LED of the latest jam position is lighted. Every time when the magnification ratio display key is pressed, the jam memory data is acquired sequentially from the latest. The jam position is judged by the acquired data and the corresponding LED is lighted. The 7-seg display indicates the jam number. At that time, "A" is displayed on the upper first digit. When the last one is displayed, the latest one will be displayed again. Max. 30 jams from the latest are stored. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

04 Jam total counter display The jam total counter value is displayed.

05 Total counter display The total counter value is displayed.

06 Developing counter display The developing counter data is acquired and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Set range: 1 - 13 Default: 4

(Change quantity 1 1-2 phase 3 steps)

Set range: 50 ~ 76 Default: 50

Code Setting

012345

5,000 sheets7,500 sheets10,000 sheets25,000 sheets50,000 sheets * DefaultFree (999,999 sheets)

Code Setting012

5,000 sheets * Default10,000 sheetsFree (999,999 sheets)

Page 34: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-7

22 07 Mini maintenance preset display (Valid only when the destination is set to Japan AB series)

The mini maintenance cycle data is acquired and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

08 SPF counter display The SPF counter value is displayed.

09 Paper feed counter display The counter value of the selected paper feed section is acquired from each variable, the data is displayed on the 7-seg display according to the regulations. When this simulation is executed, the value of the first cassette is displayed first. Press the tray select key to select the paper feed tray. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

12 Drum counter display The drum counter and the drum rotating time are displayed.To change the display mode, press the [Mode select] key.

13 CRUM destination display When this simulation is executed, the CRUM destination set (written) in the CRUM chip is displayed. This simulation is valid only for the models where the CRUM is valid.

14 P-ROM version display The P-ROM version is displayed on the copy quantity display. The main code and the sub code are alternatively displayed by 2 digits. The display interval is same as that of the counter display. By pressing the fixed magnification ratio key, each version display is switched.

15 Trouble memory display The trouble codes up to the latest one are acquired from the trouble memory data. Every time when the magnification ratio display is pressed, the main code of the trouble is displayed on the 1st ~ 2nd digit. * The latest 20 troubles are stored in the memory.The 3rd digit indicates the trouble history code, "A" ~ "J" (meaning of 1 ~ 10). After "J" is displayed, "A" ~ "J" blinks. (Meaning of 11 ~ 20)After "J" blinks (meaning of 20), "A" ~ "J" is lighted. (Returns to 1.)When the [START] key is pressed, the sub code is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.* Note that when the history code blinks, the trouble code and the sub code do not blink.

16 Duplex print counter display Data is acquired from the duplex print counter variable, and is displayed.When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

17 Copy counter display The copy counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

18 Printer counter display The printer counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into thesub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

19 Scanner mode counter display The scanner mode counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goesinto the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

21 Scanner counter display The scanner counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

22 SPF jam counter display The SPF jam counter value is displayed. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

24 01 Jam total counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the jam total count value is reset to zero, and zero is displayed.

02 Trouble memory clear The trouble memory and the EEPROM trouble history data are cleared and "000" is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

04 SPF counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the SPF count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

05 Duplex print counter clear The duplex print count data is cleared, and zero is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

06 Paper feed counter clear The paper feed counter data of each paper feed section is cleared, and "000" is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Display lampAE mode lampTEXT mode lamp

Display modeDrum counterDrum rotating time

7-seg display Meaning (CRUM destination) 7-seg display Meaning (CRUM destination)

00010203

Not set yetBTA-ABTA-BBTA-C

049912

BTA-EConversionAL series

Display lamp (AB series) Display lamp (Inch series) Displayed version

141%115%

141%121%

Machine programIMC program

Page 35: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-8

24 07 Drum counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the drum count and the drum roasting time are reset to zero, and the drum counter value is displayed on the 7-seg LED. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

08 Copy counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the copy count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

09 Printer counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the printer count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

13 Scanner counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the scanner count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

14 SPF jam total counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the SPF jam total count value is reset to zero and displayed on the7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

15 Scanner mode counter clear When the [START] key is pressed, the scanner mode count value is reset to zero and displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated.

25 01 Main motor operation check (Cooling fan motor rotation check)

When the [START] key is pressed, the main motor (together with the duplex motor for the duplex model) is driven for 30 sec. At that time, to save toner consumption, if the developing until is installed, the developing bias, the main charger, and the grid are outputted. Since, in that case, laser discharge is required when the motor stops, the polygon motor is driven simultaneously. Check if the developing unit is installed or not. If it is not installed, the above high voltage is not outputted and only the motor is rotated. After completion of 30 sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.* This simulation must not be executed by forcibly turning on the door open/close switch.

10 Polygon motor operation check When the [START] key is pressed, the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec. After completion of 30 sec operation, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

26 02 Size setting Used to set Enable/Disable of the FC (8.5" x 13") size detection.

Detection size when a document of the FC ((8.5" x 13") size is used

•For the other destinations, this setting is disabled.

03 Auditor setting Used to set the auditor.

* When the coin vendor mode is selected, if the auditor setup is ON and the standard tray ismanual feed tray, the standard tray setup must be changed to the main cassette.

04 Copier duplex setting When this simulation is executed, the current set duplex code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number of duplex setting and press the [START] key, and the entered code number is set.

* When this simulation is executed, the binding margin setup is automatically set to the default (left side).

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Code number Setting

01

FC detection DisableFC detection Enable

* Default except for the following* Default only for SCA/Philippines

Unit to be used

Destination Document sizeSetting

0 (Disable) 1 (Enable)

Document SPF EX Japan AB series (FC)

FC (8.5" x 13") B4 FC (8.5" x 13")

B4 B4 FC (8.5" x 13")

Inch series (FC) FC (8.5" x 13") LG (8.5" x 14") FC (8.5" x 13")

LG (8.5" x 14") LG (8.5" x 14") FC (8.5" x 13")

Code number Mode

012

Built-in auditor modeCoin vendor modeOther

Code number Mode

01

Without duplexWith duplex

Page 36: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-9

26 05 Count mode setting When any key input is made, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data are acquired and stored to the count mode set variable and in the EEPROM, and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. However, if the [START] key is pressed outside the set range, it is not assured. At that time, when the [Interrupt] key is pressed, the data are not rewritten and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation is terminated without rewriting the data.

06 Destination setting When this simulation is executed, the current set destination code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number of the destination and press the [START] key to set the destination.

If this setting is changed, SIM46-19 setting is also changed accordingly.(The paper size is also changed: AB series is changed to A4, and Inch series to Letter.The AE limit setup is set to the default. When the destination is changed (from Japan to EX Japan or from EX Japan to Japan), the maintenance cycle is also set to the default accordingly.)

07 Machine condition check (CPM) When this simulation is executed, the current setting of the machine is displayed.

18 Toner save mode setting Used to set ON/OFF of the toner save mode.

* The toner save mode of the user program is also changed accordingly.

30 CE mark conformity control ON/OFF

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number of CE mark conformity is displayed. Enter the desired code number of CE mark conformity and press the [START] key to set the code number.

31 Auditor mode exclusive setup Used to set whether the manual fed tray can be used or not when the auditor mode is set to the coinvendor mode.

* When this is set to "Exclusive setup ON," if the auditor is set to the coin vendor mode and thestandard tray is set to the manual feed tray, the standard tray must be set to the main cassette.

36 Cancel of stop at maintenance life over

Used to set stop at maintenance life over.

37 Cancel of stop at developer life over

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the [START] key to set the code number. The machine goes into the sub code input state.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

[*1 : Total counter / Developer counter *2 : maintenance counter]

0:1:2:3:

*1= Double count*1= Single count*1= Double count*1= Single count

*2= Double count*2 = Double count*2= Single count*2= Single count

Code number Destination

0123456

Japan AB seriesInch seriesEX Japan AB seriesEX Japan inch seriesEX Japan AB series (FC)China (EX Japan AB series + China paper support)Taiwan (EX Japan AB series + China paper support)

7-seg display Meaning (CPM information)

151620

15CPM16CPM20CPM

Code number Setting

01

Toner save OFFToner save ON

Code number Setting

01

CE mark conformity control OFF *Default for 100V systemCE mark conformity control ON

Code number Setting

01

Exclusive setup OFF (Manual paper feed allowed)Exclusive setup ON (Manual paper fed inhibited)

Code number Setting

01

Stop at maintenance life overCancel of stop at maintenance life over * Default

Code number Setting

01

Stop at developer life over Cancel of stop at developer life over

Page 37: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-10

26 38 Cancel of stop at drum life over When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the [START] key to set the code number.

39 Memory capacity check When this simulation is executed, the current memory capacity is displayed.

42 Transfer ON/OFF timing control setting

When this simulation is executed, the current setting value of transfer ON timing is displayed. Enter a set value and press the [START] key to set the entered value, and the machine will go into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Mode select] key is pressed, the ON timing setting and the OFF timing setting are alternatively selected. At that time, the setting is saved and written into the EEPROM.

•Setting range: 1 ~ 99When the setting value is increased by 1, time is increased by 2ms.

•The default, 50, of transfer ON timing means "344ms passed from PS release."The default, 50, of transfer OFF timing means "304ms passed from P-IN OFF."

43 Side void amount setting Used to set the side void amount on the both sides. Enter a set value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value will be saved and the machine will go into the sub code input standby mode. The setting range is 0 ~ 10. When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by 0.5mm. The default is 3 (= 1.5mm).To select the setting mode, press the [Exposure mode select] key. The set value of the selected mode is displayed on the copy quantity display. At that time, the set value is also saved.

* When the setting value is increased by 1, time is increased by 0.5ms.

51 Copy temporary stop function setting

When any key is pressed, it is displayed on the display section. When the [START] key is pressed, the set code data is acquired and stored to the setting variable of sort/group copy temporary stop function and to the EEPROM. The machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

When the [Interrupt] key is pressed at that time, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode without rewriting the data. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation mode is terminated without rewriting the data.* When this is set to "Stop," temporary stop is made for every 250 copies in one copy job.

30 01 Paper sensor status display The paper sensor status is displayed with the lamps on the operation panel. * When each sensor detects paper, the corresponding lamp turns on.

42 01 Developing counter clear The developer counter data in the EEPROM is cleared and 0 is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the [Interrupt] key is pressed at that time, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the simulation mode is terminated.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Code number Setting

01

Stop at drum life over Cancel of stop at drum life over

7-seg display Meaning (Memory capacity)

1632

16MByte32MByte

Display lamp Setting mode Default

AE mode lampTEXT mode lamp

Transfer ON timingTransfer OFF timing

5050

Display lamp Setting mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lamp

Side void amount (Right)Side void amount (Left)

Code number Setting

01

Not stopStop * Default

Display lamp Sensor name

Developer lampMachine jam lampToner lampManual paper feed lampNo. 1 cassette lampNo. 2 cassette lampNo. 3 cassette lampNo. 4 cassette lampTray jam lamp 1Tray jam lamp 2Paper empty lamp

Paper exit sensorDuplex sensorPaper entry sensorManual feed paper empty sensorNo. 1 tray paper empty sensorNo. 2 tray paper empty sensorNo. 3 tray paper empty sensorNo. 4 tray paper empty sensorNo. 2 tray paper feed sensorNo. 3 tray paper feed sensorNo. 4 tray paper feed sensor

Page 38: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-11

43 01 Fusing temperature setting (During normal copy)

When the simulation is terminated, the current set value is displayed. When the [%] key is pressed, the setting is changed. When the [START] key is pressed, the set content is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

10 Postcard paper feed cycle setting Used to set the paper feed cycle timing in postcard printing. (Pickup interval)[1] ~ [99] (Center [50], Unit: 100msec)(Example: When 50, pickup interval = 100msec x 50)

11 Postcard size paper fusing temperature setting

When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. When the [%] key is pressed, the setting is changed. When the [START] key is pressed, the set content is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

12 Standby mode fusing fan rotation setting

When this simulation is executed, the current set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the [START] key to set the code number.

13 Fusing paper interval control allow/inhibit setting

Used to set the paper feed timing of 21st and later page to A3 or WLT when multi copying or printing paper of narrow width. (A3 or WLT depends on the destination.)When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter a desired code number and press the [START] key, and the entered code number is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode.

<Applicable paper>1) Cassette paper feed: A4R, B5R, 8-1/2" X 14", 8-1/2" X 13", 8-1/2" X 11", A5, INV2) Manual paper feed: A4R, B5R, 8-1/2" X 14", 8-1/2" X 13", 8-1/2" X 11", A5, INV,16KR* A5 size for manual paper feed is valid only for EX Japan AB series.

44 34 Transfer current setting Used to set the transfer current for the front surface and that for the back surface. When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed on the 7-seg display. Select the set value with the zoom (Up/Down) keys and press the [START] key, and the set content is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. Press the [Mode select] key to select each setting mode. At that time, the setup content is written into the EEPROM. The set range is 90uA ~ 360uA in the increment of 10uA.

* Small size paper must be Letter R (A4R) or smaller.* For the special size of tray, use the normal size width.

40 Setting of rotation time before toner supply

Used to set the time interval between start of rotation (ready) of the main motor and start of toner supply in previous rotation after supplying the power. [1] ~ [99] (Default [8], unit: sec)

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Set temperature (°C) Set temperature (°C)

160165

170 * Default175180

185190195200

Set temperature (°C) Set temperature (°C)

160165170175180

185190

195 * Default 200

Code number Setting

01

Low speed rotation *DefaultHigh speed rotation

Code number Setting

01

Inhibit * DefaultAllow

Display lamp Setting mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE & TEXT & PHOTO mode lamps

Normal size width: FrontNormal size width: BackSmall size width: FrontSmall size width: BackManual paper feed

Page 39: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-12

46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi) Used to set the copy density for each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are operated, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default [50])* The density LED is not lighted. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the darker the density is, and vise versa. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 can be made. When, however, the density is set darker, Exp.1 and Exp. 5 become darker, too. If the dentistry is set lighter, Exp. 1 and Exp. 5 become lighter, too. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi) Used to set the copy density for each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are operated, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default [50])Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the darker the density is, and vise versa. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 can be made. When, however, the density is set darker, Exp.1 and Exp. 5 become darker, too. If the dentistry is set lighter, Exp. 1 and Exp. 5 become lighter, too. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display.(Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)

09 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 300dpi

Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination value for each density level (1 ~ 5) when the exposure mode is the TEXT mode (including TS)•The shift amount is the same as the gamma (gradation), and is used to set the overall brightness.When the shift amount is increased, the overall brightness is decreased. When the shift amount is decreased, the overall brightness is increased

•The inclination value changes the gamma (gradation). When the set value is increased, the gamma is increased to increase the contrast. (Clearer black and white images)When the set value is decreased, the gamma is decreased to decrease the contrast. (Increased gradation)

* Press the [%] key to switch between the shift amount and the inclination value. The 7-seg display shows the mode. The initial display is "Shift.

Shift is indicated as "b" (Brightness).Inclination is indicated as "c" (Contrast).

(Example)[b50] [%T] key [c50] [%] key [b50] [%] key [c50] •••* Select the adjustment level with the [Density adjust] key. The density LED displays the selected level (Exp. 1 ~ Exp. 5)* Select TEXT or TEXT (TS) with the [Mode select] key.

* Change the shift amount and the inclination value with the 10-key. The set range is [1] ~ [99]. The default is [50]. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made at the set value.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Display lamp Copy mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

AE mode (300dpi)TEXT mode (300dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi)TS mode (AE) (300dpi)

Display lamp Copy mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

AE mode (600dpi)TEXT mode (600dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi)TS mode (AE) (600dpi)

Mode lamp Exposure mode to be adjusted

TEXT mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOT mode lamp

TEXT modeTEXT (TS) mode

Page 40: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-13

46 10 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Text) 600dpi

Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination value for each density level (1 ~ 5) when the exposure mode is the TEXT mode (including TS)•The shift amount is the same as the gamma (gradation), and is used to set the overall brightness.When the shift amount is increased, the overall brightness is decreased. When the shift amount is decreased, the overall brightness is increased

•The inclination value changes the gamma (gradation). When the set value is increased, the gamma is increased to increase the contrast. (Clearer black and white images)When the set value is decreased, the gamma is decreased to decrease the contrast. (Increased gradation)

* Press the [%] key to switch between the shift amount and the inclination value.The 7-seg display shows the mode. The initial display is "Shift.

Shift is indicated as "b" (Brightness).Inclination is indicated as "c" (Contrast).

(Example)[b50] [%T] key [c50] [%] key [b50] [%] key [c50] •••* Select the adjustment level with the [Density adjust] key. The density LED displays the selected level (Exp. 1 ~ Exp. 5)* Select TEXT or TEXT (TS) with the [Mode select] key.

* Change the shift amount and the inclination value with the 10-key. The set range is [1] ~ [99]. The default is [50]. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made at the set value.

11 Copy exposure level adjustment, individual setting (Photo) 600dpi

Used to adjust the shift amount and the inclination value for each density level (1 ~ 5) when the exposure mode is the PHOTO mode•The shift amount is the same as the gamma (gradation), and is used to set the overall brightness.When the shift amount is increased, the overall brightness is decreased. When the shift amount is decreased, the overall brightness is increased

•The inclination value changes the gamma (gradation). When the set value is increased, the gamma is increased to increase the contrast. (Clearer black and white images)When the set value is decreased, the gamma is decreased to decrease the contrast.(Increased gradation)

* Press the [%] key to switch between the shift amount and the inclination value.The 7-seg display shows the mode. The initial display is "Shift."

Shift is indicated as "b" (Brightness).Inclination is indicated as "c" (Contrast).

(Example)[b50] [%T] key [c50] [%] key [b50] [%] key [c50] •••* Select the adjustment level with the [Density adjust] key. The density LED displays the selected level (Exp. 1 ~ Exp. 5)* The [Mode select] key is invalid, and the PHOTO lamp lights up. * Change the shift amount and the inclination value with the 10-key. The set range is [1] ~ [99]. The default is [50]. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made at the set value.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Mode lamp Exposure mode to be adjusted

TEXT mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOT mode lamp

TEXT modeTEXT (TS) mode

Page 41: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-14

46 18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)

Used to adjust the contrast for each mode.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)* The density LED is not lighted. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the set value is, the lower the contrast is. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 is made. However, the contrasts at Exp.1 and Exp. 5 are also changed accordingly. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)

19 Exposure mode setting (Gamma table setting / AE operation mode setting / PHOTO image process setting)

Used set for the following three exposure mode. Enter a code number and press the [START] key, and the entered number is written into the EEPROM and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. (When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed, the number is written into the EEPROM and the set item is changed.)<<Gamma table setting>>When this simulation is executed, the current set code number of gamma table is displayed. (Default: Japan -1. EX Japan -2)* When setting the gamma table, no "Mode lamps" are lighted.

* If this setting is changed, the set content of SIM46-30 is reset to the default. <<AE mode>>When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed in gamma table setting, the mode is changed to the AE operation mode setting and the current set code number of the AE operation mode is displayed. (Default: 0)* When setting the AE operation mode, the "AE mode lamp" is lighted.

<Photo image process setting>When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed during the AE operation mode setting, the setting mode is changed to the photo image process setting and the currently set code number of the photo image process setting is displayed.* When in the photo image process setting, the [Photo mode lamp] is lighted.

* When this setting is changed, SIM 46-1/2/18/29 and SIM 46-31 Photo items are reset to thedefault. (SIM 46-11 is also linked.)

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Display lamp Copy mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

AE mode (300dpi)TEXT mode (300dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi)TS mode (AE) (300dpi)

Code number Setting (Gamma table)

12

Image quality priority mode * Default for Japan modelsToner consumption priority mode * Default for EX Japan models

Code number Setting (AE operation mode)

01

Lead edge stop * DefaultRear time process

Code number Setting (Photo image process setting)

12

Error diffusion processDither process * Default

Page 42: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-15

46 20 SPF exposure correction Used to adjust the exposure correction amount in the SPF mode (for the OC mode).(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key. The entered set value is stored and a copy is made. When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated. [1] ~ [99] (Center [50])* The greater the set value is, the darker the density is. The smaller the set value is, the lighter the

density is.* The exposure mode is TEXT fixed. The LED does not change, either.

The exposure level can not be adjusted.

29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)

Used to adjust the contrast for each mode. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 50)The density LED is not lighted. Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value. The greater the set value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the set value is, the lower the contrast is. In this case, only a copy at Exp. 3 is made. However, the contrasts at Exp.1 and Exp. 5 are also changed accordingly. To select a desired copy mode, press the [Copy mode select] key. The selected copy mode set value is displayed on the copy quantity display. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99)

30 AE limit setting Used to set the AE and the limit value at AE (toner save).The set range is 0 ~ 31. The default is 0.Change the setting and press the [START] key, and it will be written into the EEPROM and the machine will go into the sub code input standby mode. When the [Copy mode select] key is pressed, the machine goes back to the gamma table setting mode.

<Remark>When SIM26-60 (Destination setting) and SIM46-19 (Auto exposure mode) are changed, this set content of this simulation is also changed to the default.

31 Image sharpness adjustment Used to adjust clear/shading of image for each mode. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading are performed, and the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Default: 1)Change the set value and press the [START] key, and a copy is made according to the set value.

Use the [Copy mode select] key to select each copy mode. The code number of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity display.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Display lamp Copy mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

AE mode (600dpi)TEXT mode (600dpi)PHOTO mode TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi)TS mode (AE) (600dpi)

Display lamp Setting mode

AE mode lampAE mode lamp $ PHOTO mode lamp

Limit value for AELimit value for AE (Toner save)

Set value Image quality

012

ShadingStandard *DefaultClear

Display lamp Copy mode

AE mode lampTEXT mode lampPHOTO mode lampTEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lampAE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp

AE modeTEXT modePHOTO modeTS mode (TEXT)TS mode (AE)

Page 43: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-16

48 01 Main scanning/sub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

Used to adjust the magnification ratio in the main scanning direction (front/rear) and the sub scanning direction. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is saved a copy is made. (When the set value is increased by 1, the magnification ratio is increased by 0.1 %.) (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)

05 SPF/RSPF mode sub scanning magnification ratio adjustment in copying

The current SPF/RSPF mode sub scan direction magnification ratio adjustment value is displayed. When the [START] key is pressed, the entered value is acquired and saved into the EEPROM, and a copy is made. When the [CA] key is pressed instead, the simulation mode is terminated.In RSPF adjustment, after the machine enters the copy mode of one page, select the single copy mode with the duplex key to shift to the single copy mode, making two pages of single copy. For printing, regardless of the density mode LED and the density level LED display, the density mode = MANUAL, and density level = 3.

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, "d" is displayed on the copy quantity display and the machine enters the Flash ROM program writing mode. Use the writing tool on the PC to write the program. During writing, the display is made as follows. After completion of downloading, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.

* "*" in the error display indicates the error position.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Lighting lamp Adjustment mode

TEXT lampPHOTO lamp

Main scanning direction magnification ratio adjustmentSub scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment

Lighting lamp Adjustment mode

AE lampTEXT lamp

SPF/RSPF document surface magnification ratio adjustmentRSPF document back magnification ratio adjustment

Status Copy quantity display Pre-heat lamp Ready lamp

Download data receptionData delete startData writing (Boot section)Data writing (Program section)Sum checkCompletion of downloadingError status

"d""d""d""d""d""OFF""*E"

ONONFlashFlashONOFFOFF

OFFONOFFFlashONOFFOFF

1. Data reception error2. Loader function transfer3. Flash ROM delete4. Flash ROM writing (Boot section)

5. Flash ROM writing (Program section)6. Sum check (Loader section)7. Sum check (Boot section)8. Sum check (Program section)

Page 44: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-17

50 01 Image lead edge adjustment Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void amount on the copy paper. This adjustment is made by adjusting the image scan start position at 100% and the print start position (resist roller ON timing). (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50) When the copy mode select key is pressed, the setting mode and the display are switched. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is set and a copy is made. (Adjustment range 1 ~ 99) When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated. When the adjustment is made with the main cassette paper feed, all the adjustment values at the paper feed ports become the same. (When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the position is shifted by about 0.1mm.)

* The mark, " ", indicates that it is supported only for the installed model, and it is skipped fornon-installed models.

Note:When printing is made with manual paper feed, use A3 paper. When the adjustment value of the print start position is increased by 1, the resist roller ONtiming is delayed and the print image is reduced by 0.1mm. When the adjustment value of theimage scan start position is increased by 1, the scan start position is shifted to the homeposition by 0.1mm.

[Adjustment procedure](1) Set the print start position (A) (AE ON), the lead edge void amount (B) (TEXT ON), and the scan

start position (C) (PHOTO ON) to <1>, and make a 100% copy.(2) Measure the image loss (R mm) of the scale. Set as C=10 x R (mm). (Example: Set to 40.)

When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)(3) Measure the distance between the paper lead edge and the image print start position.

Set as A=10 x H (mm). (Example: Set to 50.)When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is shifted toward the paper leadedge by 1mm. (Default: 50)

(4) Set the lead edge void area as B=50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)When the value of B is increased by 10, the void is increased by about 1mm.(For 25 or less, however, the void amount is zero.)

(Example)

06 Copy lead edge position adjustment (SPF/RSPF)

Used to make the SPF copy lead edge position adjustment. * When the adjustment value of the document scan start position is increased by 1, the scan start

timing is advanced by 0.1mm. The print image is shifted to the reverse side of the scan startposition.(Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)

<Adjustment items>

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Lighting lamp Adjustment mode

AE, Main cassette lampAE, 2nd cassette lampAE, Manual paper feed lampTEXT lampPHOTO lampAE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp

Print start position (Main cassette paper feed) Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed)

Print start position (Manual paper feed)Image lead edge void amountImage scan start positionImage rear edge void amount

5mm

10mm

Image loss R=4mm

Distance from the paper lead edge to the image lead edge H = 5mm

Lighting lamp Item Default Variable range

AETEXTPHOTO

Front document scan position adjustmentBack document scan position adjustmentRear edge void adjustment (SPF)

505050

1 ~ 991 ~ 991 ~ 99

Page 45: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-18

50 10 Paper off-center adjustment Used to adjust the positions of copy images on copy paper and the center offset position when scanning the document.(Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is stored and a copy is made. When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated. (When the set value is increased by 1, the position is shifted by 0.1mm.)<Supplement>When the adjustment value is increased, the image is shifted to the left. When the adjustment value is decreased, the image is shifted to the right.

Supported for the installed models only. Skipped for the models without installation. Note: When the adjustment value is too great, the outside area of shading may be scanned, resulting

in black streaks on copy paper. When printing is made with manual paper feed, use A3 paper.

12 Document off-center adjustment Used to make the document scan off-center adjustment.(Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)* When the adjustment value is increased by 1, the print image is shifted by 0.1mm to the left

when the scan start position is put on the upper side. <Adjustment item>

18 Duplex copy memory reverse position adjustment

Used to adjust the memory reverse position in duplex copy. When this simulation is executed, the current correction value is displayed. Enter a correction value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value will be saved. (The correction value range is 1 ~ 99. The default is 50.)

Printing of the front surface in the S-D mode and printing of the even pages in the D-S mode are performed as reverse memory copying from the rear edge of the document. When, therefore, the printing position adjustment of output image is required, perform the adjustment as follows:The image direction in reverse memory copying is shown in the figure below. That is, when the document scan direction is as shown with the arrow, the output image is printed from the rear edge of scanning. If, therefore, the print edge section is shifted, set the reference chart with the reference position at the rear edge and use this simulation to change the set value in order to adjust the print lead edge position. Since printing is started at the print start position and performed from the last, saved data in the memory to the head data, the lead edge position of an image is adjusted by changing the last data position saved in the memory.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Lighting lamp Adjustment mode

AE, Main cassette lampsAE, 2nd cassette lampsAE, 3rd cassette lampsAE, 4th cassette lampsAE, Manual paper feed lampsTEXT, main cassette lamps

Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed)Print center offset (3rd cassette paper feed)Print center offset (4th cassette paper feed)

Print center offset (Manual paper feed)2nd print center offset (Main cassette paper feed)

Lighting lamp Item Default Variable range

AETEXTPHOTO

Platen document scanSPF document front scanRSPF document back scan

505050

1 ~ 991 ~ 991 ~ 99

Lighting lamp Item

AETEXT

OC memory reverse output positionSPF memory reverse output position

Documenttransportdirection

Scanning lead edge

Scanningdirection

Scanningrear edge

Scanning end position (Scanning cut by void (1) as default)

Papertransportdirection

Print lead edgeLead edge void (1) Print start position

Rear edge voidPrint rear edge

Page 46: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-19

50 19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment

Used to adjust the rear edge void amount in duplex copy. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed in two digits. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Center value: 50)* When the set value is increased by 1, the void amount is increased by about 0.1mm. Press the copy mode select key to select a suitable setting mode and a display. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value is saved and a copy is made. (Paper information is cleared after every copying). When the [INTERRUPT] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the machine goes into the sub code entry standby mode. When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated.

51 02 Resist amount adjustment Used to adjust the contact pressure of the machine resist roller and the RSPF resist roller onto thepaper. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, the current set value is displayed. When the exposure mode key is pressed, the following set items are changed sequentially. Enter an adjustment value with the 10-key and press the [START] key, and the entered value will be saved and a copy will be made. (Adjustment range: 1 ~ 99, Default: 50)When the [CA] key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation is terminated.

Supported for the installed models only. Skipped for the models without installation.

53 08 SPF scanning position automatic adjustment

Place the black chart so that it covers both the SPF scan glass and the OC glass. Close the OC cover. When this simulation is executed, the current adjustment value is displayed as the initial display. When the [START] key is pressed, the mirror unit scans from the home position to the SPF scan position with the current adjustment value displayed, and the SPF glass cover edge is calculated from the difference between the SPF glass cover edge and the OC side document glass CCD output level. * The default is 50, the adjustment range is 1 ~ 99, and the adjustment unit 1= about 0.127mm. If the adjustment is completed normally, the adjusted value is displayed. If not, the jam lamp lights up with the current set value displayed. When the [START] key is pressed again with the jam lamp ON, the execution is repeated again. When the [Interrupt] key or the [CA] key is pressed during execution, "- -" is displayed and the operation is canceled. The mirror returns to its home position and the simulation mode is terminated. In the case when the [Interrupt key] is pressed, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode. In the case when the [CA] key is pressed, all the lamps are turned off.

61 03 HSYNC output check When the [START] key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec. Every time when HSYNC is detected, the zoom lamp is lighted for 100msec.

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Lighting lamp Item

AE lampTEXT lampPHOTO lamp

Paper rear edge void amount (First print surface)Paper rear edge void amount (Second print surface)Print start position (duplex back surface)

Lighting lamp Adjustment mode

AE, Main cassette lampAE, 2nd cassette lampAE, 3rd cassette lampAE, 4th cassette lampAE, Manual paper feed lampAE, TEXT, PHOTO lampsAE, TEXT lampsAE, PHOTO lampTEXT, PHOTO lamps

Main cassette paper feed2nd cassette paper feed3rd cassette paper feed4th cassette paper feed

Manual paper feedRSPF document feed (Front surface)RSPF document feed (Back surface)RSPF document (A5) paper feed (Back surface)Duplex back surface

ON lamp Display mode

AE lampTEXT lamp

SPF scan position automatic adjustmentSPF scan position manual adjustment

Page 47: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 SIMULATIONS 7-20

63 01 Shading check The detection level of the white plate for shading is displayed. (Operating procedure)When the [START] key is pressed in the sub code input standby mode, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading and the copy lamp is lighted. Until the light quantity of the copy lamp is stabilized, the sub code of "01" is displayed on the 7-seg display. When the light quantity of the copy lamp is stabilized, it is revised every second, and the level of one pixel at the CCD center where no correction is made is detected for 10 sec, and the detected level is displayed in hexadecimal on the 7-seg display. After completion of 10 sec detection, the machine goes into the sub code input standby mode.

07 SPF automatic correction The SPF white correction start pixel position is automatically adjusted. This is performed after replacement of the lens. Open the SPF unit and press the [START] key, and the position (which pixel) of the white sheet for SPF exposure correction in the SPF position is displayed on the 7-seg display.If the value is 93 ~ 229, it is displayed on the 7-seg display and is written into the EEPROM. If the value is 0 ~ 92 or 230 ~ 999, it is displayed on the 7-seg display but is not written into the EEPROM. If the value is 1000 or above, "-------" is displayed on the 7-seg display and is not written into the EEPROM.The pixel position -34 written into the EEPROM is considered as the SPF white correction start pixel of the machine. When shi simulation is executed with the SPF unit closed, an error will occur.

64 01 Self print The optical system status is ignored and a self print is made. Also when a print command is sent from the host, printing is performed. (Operating procedure)When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. (However, the scanner is invalid and no initial operation is made.)Enter the code number with the 10-key, and select a cassette with the cassette select key and press the [START] key. The selected cassette start paper feed and printing is performed in the selected pattern.* Only the tray lamp and the online lamp are lighted, and no other lamps are lighted. Printing is made in 1 by 2 mode, where one line is printed and the following two liens are not printed, or in the grid pattern.

* Print data are made on A3 size. (A3 paper is preferable.)

Main code

Sub code

Contents Details of operation

Code number Pattern

0123

1 by 2Grid patternWhite paperBlack background

Page 48: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 USER PROGRAMS 8-1

[8] USER PROGRAMSThe user programs allow the parameters of certain functions to be set, changed, or canceled as desired.

1. List of user programsThis copier has the following user programs.

*1 On models with a SPF/RSPF.*2 On models with a dual function board.

Program nameProgram

NoDescription Default Parameters

Auto clear time

1

"Auto clear time" automatically returns the copy settings to the initial settings when a certain period of time elapses after a copy is made. This program is used to select the period of time. "Auto clear time" can also be disabled. 60sec

1 (OFF)

2 (10sec)

3 (20sec)

4 (60sec)

5 (90sec)

6 (120sec)

Preheat mode

2

This function automatically switches the machine to a low power consumption state if the set duration of time elapses without the machine being used when the power is on.The POWER SAVE indicator lights up, however, the keys on the operation panel can be used. Normal operation automatically resumes when a key on the operation panel is pressed, an original is placed, a print job is received, or scanning is begun from a computer.

1min

1 (1min)

2 (5min)

3 (30min)

4 (60min)

5 (120min)

6 (240min)

Auto power shut-off timer

3

This function automatically switches the machine to a state that consumes even less power than preheat mode if the set duration of time elapses without the machine being used when the power is on. All lights except the POWER SAVE indicator and ON LINE indicator go off. To resume normal operation, press the [START] key ( ). Normal operation also resumes automatically when a print job is received or scanning is begun from a computer. While in auto power shut-off mode, no keys (except the [START] key ( )) can be used.

5min

1 (5min)

2 (30min)

3 (60min)

4 (120min)

5 (240min)

Stream feeding mode*1

4

When copying using the SPF/RSPF, during the period of time that the SPF/RSPF indicator blinks after an original has been scanned (about 5 seconds), a subsequent original can be placed and automatically fed into the machine.

OFF

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Auto power shut-off setting 5

Use this setting to enable or disable auto power shut-off.ON

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Border line for 2 IN 1 / 4 IN 1*2 6

When copying multiple originals onto a single sheet of paper (2 IN 1 / 4 IN 1 copy), this function can be used to print a solid or broken borderline around each original image.

OFF

1 (OFF)

2 (Solid line)

3 (Broken line)

Rotation copy*2

7

When the auto paper select function is enabled and there is no paper that is the same size as the original and loaded in the same orientation, this function will automatically select paper of the same size that is loaded in the opposite orientation, and rotate the image 90 degrees so that it is copied on the paper in the correct orientation.When the auto ratio select function is operating and the original and paper are loaded in opposite orientations, this function rotates the image so that it is copied on the paper in the correct orientation.

ON

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Auto paper select mode

8

This function automatically selects paper that is the same size as the original placed in the SPF/RSPF, or the same size as that selected with the [ORIGINAL SIZE ENTER] key (only for sizes 5-1/2" x 8-1/2", 8-1/2" x 11", 8-1/2" x 11"R, 8-1/2" x 14" and 11" x 14"). The function can be disabled.

ON

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Auto tray switching

9

If the paper runs out during printing and there is paper of the same size and orientation in another tray, this function automatically switches to that tray (excluding the bypass tray). The function can be disabled.

ON

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Auditing mode 10 to15 See "Enabling Audit Mode". - -

Erase width adjustment*2

16

Use this setting to set the width of erasure of shadows that appear around the edges and at the binding margin when a book or similar original is copied. 1/2" (10mm)

1 (0" (0mm))

2 (1/4" (5mm))

3 (1/2" (10mm))

4 (3/4" (15mm))

5 (1" (20mm))

Page 49: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 USER PROGRAMS 8-2

*2 On models with a dual function board.*3 On models with automatic two-sided copying.

Program nameProgram

NoDescription Default Parameters

Layout in 2 IN 1 copy*2

17

Use this setting to select the layout pattern when two original pages are copied onto a single sheet of paper.

Pattern 1

1 (Pattern 1)

2 (Pattern 2)

Layout in 4 IN 1 copy*2

18

Use this setting to select the layout pattern when four original pages are copied onto a single sheet of paper.

Pattern 1

1 (Pattern 1)

2 (Pattern 2)

3 (Pattern 3)

4 (Pattern 4)

Offset of paper output tray19

When enabled, this function offsets the position in the output tray of interrupt copy jobs and sets of copies during sort/group copy. ON

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Image rotation in duplex copying*3

20

When a one-sided portrait original is placed in a horizontal orientation (8-1/2" x 11" or 8-1/2" x 14" size) for two-sided copying, the top and bottom of the images on the front and back of the paper will be opposite to each other,

OFF

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Location of the margin*2,*3

21Use this setting to switch between the margin at the top edge and the margin at the left edge. Left edge

1 (Left edge)

2 (Top edge)

Margin width*2

22

Use this setting to set the margin width.

1/2" (10mm)

1 (0" (0mm))

2 (1/4" (5mm))

3 (1/2" (10mm))

4 (3/4" (15mm))

5 (1" (20mm))

Resolution in Auto/Text mode 23

The copy resolution in auto and text mode is normally 300 dpi. If high-quality copies are preferred, use this setting to change the resolution to 600 dpi.

300dpi1 (300dpi)

2 (600dpi)

Memory allocated to printer mode*2

24

Use this to change the proportion of IMC memory used for printer mode.

50%

1 (30%)

2 (40%)

3 (50%)

4 (60%)

5 (70%)

Key auto repeat

25

Use this setting to select whether or not holding down a key causes repeated input of the key. For keys that normally cause a set value to increase when held down (for example, holding down the [ZOOM] key ( , )), this program can be used to have the set value not change when the key is held down.

ON

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Key press time

26

Use this setting to select how long a key must be pressed for the input to be accepted. By selecting a longer time, you can prevent settings from being changed by the accidental pressing of a key.

Minimum(current

response speed)

1 (Minimum(current response speed))

2 (0.5sec)

3 (1.0sec)

4 (1.5sec)

5 (2.0sec)

Audible signals volume

27

This sets the volume of beep signals. Low (current volume)

1 (Low (current volume))

2 (High)

3 (OFF)

Base setting beep signal28

Use this to sound a beep when a base setting is selected.OFF

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Number of copies limit29

Use this setting to select 99 or 999 for the maximum number of copies. 999 copies

1 (99 copies)

2 (999 copies)

2 IN 1 copy

Pattern 2Pattern 1

4 IN 1 copy

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4

Page 50: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 USER PROGRAMS 8-3

2. Setting the user programs1) Hold down the [Light] key ( ) until the alarm indicators

( , , , , ) blink.•"- -" appears in the display.

2) Enter the program number with the numeric keys.•See "USER PROGRAMS" for the program numbers.•The selected program number blinks.•To select "Auto clear timer", press the [1] key.

Note: If you enter the wrong number, press the [CLEAR] key ( ) andthen enter the correct number.

3) Press the [START] key ( ).•The selected program number stops blinking and lights steadily.•The currently selected setting code blinks in the 1st digit of thedisplay.

4) Enter the desired setting code by pressing a numeric key.•For the setting codes, see "USER PROGRAMS".•The selected setting code blinks.•To select 90 seconds, press the [5] key.

Note: If you enter the wrong number, press the [CLEAR] key ( ) andreturn to step 2).

5) Press the [START] key ( ).•The selected setting code stops blinking and lights steadily.

Note:To select a setting for another user program, press the [CLEAR]key ( ) and then return o step 2).

6) Press the [Light] key ( ) to complete the settings.•The alarm indicators ( , , , , ) go off and the displayreturns to the number of copies display.

3. Toner cartridge lifeTo find out the approximate quantity of toner remaining, follow theprocedure below.1) Press and hold the light key for more than 5 seconds until all the

alarm indicators ( , , , , and ) blink and "--" appears inthe copy quantity display.

2) Press and hold the copy ratio display key for more than 5 seconds.•The approximate quantity of toner remaining will be indicated as apercent in the copy quantity display. ("100", "75", "50", "25", "10" or"LO" is displayed. When "LO" is displayed, the toner is down to lessthan 10%.)

3) Press the light key.•All the alarm indicators will go out.

Program nameProgram

NoDescription Default Parameters

Use close paper size

30

When this function is enabled, printing in printer mode will automatically continue using a different size of paper if the specified size of paper runs out in all trays. This feature does not function in copy mode.

OFF

0 (OFF)

1 (ON)

Default tray setting

31

Use this program to select a default tray. This tray is automatically selected each time the power is turned on or each time the machine reverts to the initial settings. Tray 1

1 (Tray 1)

2 (Tray 2)

3 (Tray 3)

4 (Tray 4)

5 (Bypass tray)

Default exposure mode

32

Use this program to set "AUTO", "TEXT", or "PHOTO" as the default exposure mode. AUTO

1 (AUTO)

2 (TEEXT)

3 (PHOTO)

USB2.0 mode switch 33 Used to switch USB2.0 mode between Full-Speed and High-Speed. Full-Speed 1(Full-Speed)

2(High-Speed)

1 3 5

RE D END

START

START

Page 51: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-1

[9]TROUBLE CODE LIST

1.Trouble code list

2.Details of trouble codes

Main code Sub code

Content

E1 00 IMC PWB communication trouble

10 IMC PWB trouble

11 IMC ASIC error

13 IMC PWB flash ROM error

16 IMC PWB DIMM memory read/write check error

81 Interface error in communication with IMC PWB (Parity)

82 Interface error in communication with IMC PWB (Overrun)

84 Interface error in communication with IMC PWB (Framing)

E7 01 Duplex model memory error

02 LSU trouble

10 Shading trouble (Black correction)

11 Shading trouble (White correction)

12 Shading trouble

16 Abnormal laser output

F2 04 Improper cartridge (destination error, life cycle error)

Identification error

Model error

Type error

Destination error

Data abnormality

Misc error

F5 02 Copy lamp lighting abnormality

H2 00 Thermistor open

H3 00 Heat roller high temperature detection

H4 00 Heat roller low temperature detection

L1 00 Scanner feed trouble

L3 00 Scanner return trouble

L4 01 Main motor lock detection

11 Shifter motor trouble

L6 10 Polygon motor lock detection

L8 01 No full wave signal

U2 04 EEPROM read/write error (serial communication error)

11 Counter check sum error (EEPROM)

12 Adjustment value check sum error (EEPROM)

40 CRUM chip communication error

-- Auditor NOT READY

CH ON None Side door open

CH Blink None Developing cartridge not installed

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble

E1 00 Content IMC PWB communication trouble

Detail An abnormality occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.

Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness abnormalityMCU PWB connector disconnectionIMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality

Check andremedy

Check connection of the connector and the harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.

10 Content IMC PWB trouble

Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC PWB.

Cause USB chip error/CODEC error on the IMC PWB

Check andremedy

Replace the IMC PWB with a new one.

11 Content IMC ASIC error

Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC PWB.

Cause Abnormality in ASIC on the IMC PWB

Check andremedy

Replace the IMC PWB with a new one.

13 Content IMC PWB flash ROM error

Detail An abnormality occurs in the IMC flash ROM.

Cause IMC PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Replace the IMC PWB with a new one. If downloading of the program is abnormally terminated, it may cause an error. Download the program again to avoid this.

16 Content IMC PWB DIMM memory read/write check error

Detail An installation error occurs in the IMC expansion compression memory module. An error occurs during access to the IMC expansion compression memory.

Cause Improper installation of the IMC expansion memory module. IMC expansion memory module abnormalityIMC expansion memory contact abnormalityIMC PWB abnormality.

Check andremedy

Check installation of the expansion memory module. Replace the expansion memory module. Replace the IMC PWB with a new one.

81 Content Interface error (Parity) in communication with the IMC PWB

Detail A parity error occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.

Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness defectImproper connection of the MCU PWB connector IMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality"

Check andremedy

Check connection of the connector/harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.

Page 52: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-2

E1 82 Content Interface error (Overrun) in communication with the IMC PWB

Detail An overrun error occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.

Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness defectImproper connection of the MCU PWB connector IMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality.

Check andremedy

Check connection of the connector/harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.

84 Content Interface error (Framing) in communication with the IMC PWB

Detail A framing error occurs in communication between the MCU PWB and the IMC PWB.

Cause IMC PWB-MCU PWB harness defectImproper connection of the MCU PWB connector IMC PWB ROM defect/data abnormality.

Check andremedy

Check connection of the connector/harness between the IMC PWB and the MCU PWB. Check the ROM of the IMC PWB.

E7 01 Content Duplex model memory error

Detail The memory capacity for the duplex model machine is improper. Insufficient memory capacity

Cause The memory capacity of the MCU PWB is improper.

Check andremedy

Use SIM 26-39 to check that the memory capacity is 32MB. If it is not 32MB, replace the MCU PWB with a suitable one.

02 Content LSU trouble

Detail The BD signal from the LSU cannot be detected in a certain cycle. (Always OFF or always ON)

Cause LSU connector or LSU harness defect or disconnectionPolygon motor rotation abnormalityLaser beams are not generated.MCU PWB abnormality.

Check andremedy

Check connection of the LSU connector.Execute SIM 61-03 to check the LSU operations. Check that the polygon motor rotates normally. Check that the laser emitting diode generates laser beams. Replace the LSU unit. Replace the MCU PWB.

10 Content Shading trouble (Black correction)

Detail The CCD black scan level is abnormal when the shading.

Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat cableCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality.

Check andremedy

Check connection of the CCD unit flat cable. Check the CCD unit."

Main code

Sub code

Details of trouble

E7 11 Content Shading trouble (White correction)

Detail The CCD white scan level is abnormal when the shading.

Cause Improper connection of the CCD unit flat cableDirt on the mirror, the lens, and the reference white plateCopy lamp lighting abnormalityCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality(When occurred in the SPF scan position.)Improper installation of the mirror unit

Check and remedy

Clean the mirror, lens, and the reference white plate.Check the light quantity and lighting status of the copy lamp (SIM 05-03).Check the MCU PWB.

12 Content Shading trouble

Detail White correction is not completed in the specified number of operations.

Cause CCD unit flat cable connection failure.Dirt on mirrors, lenses, and the reference white plate.Copy lamp lighting abnormalityCCD unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality

Check and remedy

Clean mirrors, lenses, and the reference white plate. Check the copy lamp light quantity (SIM 05-03) and lighting. Check the CCD unit.Check the MCU PWB.

16 Content Abnormal laser output

Detail When the laser output is stopped, HSYNC is detected.

Cause Laser abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality.

Check and remedy

Check the laser emitting diode operation. Replace the MCU PWB. "

F2 04 Content Improper cartridge (Destination error, life cycle error)

Detail The destination of the machine differs from that of the CRUM.The life cycle information is other than "Not used (FFh)."

Cause CRUM chip defectImproper developing unit

Check and remedy

Replace the CRUM chip. Replace the developing unit.

Identification error

The trade mark code of the CRUM differs. The company code of the CRUM differs.

Model error

The boot program model code does not coincide with the CRUM model code.

Type error When the CRUM type is other than genuine/conversion/production rotation.

Destination error

The machine destination differs from the CRUM destination.

Data abnormality

When an error value is included in the initial check information. When the max. toner supply time is 00.When the print hard stop is 00.

Misc error When the Misc information is other than "Not used (FFh)."

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble

Page 53: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-3

F5 02 Content Copy lamp lighting abnormality

Detail The copy lamp does not turn on.

Cause Copy lamp abnormalityCopy lamp harness abnormalityCCD PWB harness abnormality.

Check andremedy

Use SIM 5-3 to check the copy lamp operations.When the copy lamp lights up.Check the harness and the connector between the CCD unit and the MCU PWB. When the copy lamp does not light up.Check the harness and the connector between the copy lamp unit and the MCU PWB. Replace the copy lamp unit. Replace the MCU PWB. "

H2 00 Content Thermistor open

Detail The thermistor is open. The fusing unit is not installed.

Cause Thermistor abnormalityControl PWB abnormalityFusing section connector disconnectionThe fusing unit is not installed.

Check andremedy

Check the harness and the connector between the thermistor and the PWB. Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.

H3 00 Content Heat roller high temperature detection

Detail The fusing temperature exceeds 240C°.

Cause Thermistor abnormalityControl PWB abnormalityFusing section connector disconnection.

Check andremedy

Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp blinking operation. When the lamp blinks normally.Check the thermistor and its harness. Check the thermistor input circuit on the control PWB. When the lamp keeps ON.Check the power PWB and the lamp control circuit on the MCU PWB. Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.

Main code

Sub code

Details of trouble

H4 00 Content Heat roller low temperature detection

Detail When the fusing temperature is lower than 150C° after 55sec from the start of warming up. When the warming up complete temperature is not reached in 30sec from reaching 150C°.When the fusing temperature is lower than 100C° after 20sec from ready start. When the fusing temperature is lower than 145C° when printing."

Cause Thermistor abnormalityHeater lamp abnormalityThermostat abnormalityControl PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Use SIM 5-02 to check the heater lamp blinking operation. When the lamp blinks normally.Check the thermistor and its harness. Check the thermistor input circuit on the control PWB. When the lamp does not light up.Check for disconnection of the heater lamp and the thermostat. Check the interlock switch.Check the power PWB and the lamp control circuit on the MCU PWB. Use SIM 14 to clear the self diagnostic display.

L1 00 Content Scanner feed trouble

Detail The scanner does not complete feeding in the specified time.

Cause Mirror unit abnormalityThe scanner wire is disconnected. The origin detection sensor abnormalityMirror motor harness abnormality

Check andremedy

Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror reciprocating operations. When the mirror does not feed.Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. Check the harness and the connector between the mirror motor and the MCU PWB. Replace the mirror unit. Replace the MCU PWB. When the mirror does feed. Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home position sensor."

L3 00 Content Scanner return trouble

Detail The scanner does not complete returning in the specified time. The mirror is not in the home position when OC copying is started with the mirror standby in the home position.

Cause Mirror unit abnormalityScanner wire disconnectionOrigin detection sensor abnormalityMirror motor harness abnormality

Check andremedy

Use SIM 1-1 to check the mirror reciprocating operations. When the mirror does not return.Check for disconnection of the scanner wire. Check the harness and the connector between the mirror motor and the MCU PWB. Replace the mirror unit. Replace the MCU PWB. When the mirror does feed. Use SIM 1-2 to check the mirror home position sensor.

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble

Page 54: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 TROUBLE CODE LIST 9-4

L4 01 Content Main motor lock detection

Detail The main motor does not rotate. The motor lock signal is detected for 1sec or more after rotation of the main motor. The motor lock signal is detected for 1sec during rotation of the main motor.

Cause Main motor unit abnormalityImproper connection or disconnection the main motor and the harness. MCU PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Use SIM 25-01 to check the main motor operations. Check connection of the main motor harness/connector.Replace the main motor. Replace the MCU PWB.

11 Content Shifter motor trouble

Detail The shifter home position detection signal is not detected when initializing the shifter.

Cause Shifter motor abnormality, improper connection or disconnection of the harness, shifter home position sensor abnormality

Check andremedy

Use SIM 03-11 to check the shifter motor operations. Check connection of the harness/connector of the shifter motor. Replace the shifter motor. Replace the MCU PWB.

L6 10 Content Polygon motor lock detection

Detail The polygon motor does not rotate. The motor lock signal is detected for 6sec after rotation of the polygon motor. The motor lock signal is detected for 1sec during rotation of the polygon motor.

Cause Polygon motor unit abnormalityImproper connection or disconnection of the polygon motor and the harness. MCU PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Use SIM 61-1 to check the polygon motor operations. Check connection of the polygon motor harness/connector. Replace the polygon motor.. Replace the MCU PWB.

L8 01 Content No full wave signal

Detail The zero cross signal is not detected.

Cause Power unit abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality

Check andremedy

Check connection of the harness and connectors. Replace the MCU PWB. Replace the power unit.

U2 04 Content EEPROM read/write error (Serial communication error)

Detail EEPROM access process error

Cause EEPROM abnormality

Check andremedy

Check that the EEPROM is properly set. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.

Main code

Sub code

Details of trouble

U2 11 Content Counter check sum error (EEPROM)

Detail Check sum error of the counter area in the EEPROM

Cause EEPROM abnormality

Check and remedy

Check that the EEPROM is properly set. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.

12 Content Adjustment value check sum error (EEPROM)

Detail Check sum error of the adjustment value area in the EEPROM

Cause EEPROM abnormality

Check and remedy

Check that the EEPROM is properly set. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.

40 Content CRUM chip communication error

Detail An error occurs during communication between the MCU and the CRUM chip.

Cause CRUM chip abnormalityDeveloping unit disconnectionMCU PWB abnormality

Check and remedy

Replace the chip. Check installation of the developing unit. Use SIM 16 to cancel the trouble. Replace the MCU PWB.

-- Content Auditor NOT READY

Detail

Cause

Check and remedy

CHON

None Content Side door open

Detail The side door is open.

Cause Side door sensor abnormalityMCU PWB abnormality

Check and remedy

Check that all the side doors are closed. Replace the MCU PWB.

CHBlink

None Content Developing cartridge not installed

Detail The developing cartridge is not installed. Communication with the CRUM cannot be made in initial check of the CRUM.

Cause Developing unit disconnection MCU PWB abnormalityCRUM chip abnormality

Check and remedy

Check installation of the developing unit. Replace the MCU PWB.

Main code

Subcode

Details of trouble

Page 55: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 MAINTENANCE 10-1

[10] MAINTENANCE

1. Maintenance tableX:Check(Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) O:Clean :Replace :Adjust :Lubricate

*1:Recommendable replacement time:50K(Letter,5%print)

Unit name Part name When calling 50K 100K 150K

Drum peripheral OPC drum -

Cleaning blade -

Side seal F/R X X X X

MC unit X

(MC charging electrode) - ( ) ( ) ( )

(MC grid) - ( ) ( ) ( )

(MC case) - ( ) ( ) ( )

Transfer wire O O O O

Transfer paper guide O O O O

MC guide sheet (Cleaning blade attached) -

Drum fixing plate B X

Process frame unit X X X

Discharge holder O O O O

Separation pawl Star ring x 2 pcs

X

Developing section Developer -

DV seal - X X

DV under seal - - -

DV side seal - X X

Side Mylar - - -

Optical section Lamp unit Reflector O O O O

Mirror O O O O

No.2/3 mirror unit Mirror O O O O

Pulley X X X X

CCD peripheral Lens O O O O

Glass Table glass O O O O

White Plate O O O O

Other Drive wire X X X X

Rail X X X X

Document cover O O O O

Document size sensor O O O O

LSU Dust-proof glass O O O O

Paper feed section Multi paper feed section Take-up roller(manual / SPF) O O O O

Paper feed roller O O O O

Spring clutch O O O O

Paper transport section PS roller O O O O

Transport (paper exit) rollers O O O O

Spring clutch O O O O

Fusing section Upper heat roller O O O

Pressure roller O O O O

Pressure roller bearing X X X O

Upper separation pawl X X X O

Lower separation pawl X X X O

Drive section Gears X X X X

Belts X X X O

Paper exit section Ozone filter*1 X X X X*1

Only for Viet Nam

Page 56: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 MAINTENANCE 10-2

2. Maintenance display system

*1: Installation of a new toner cartridge allows to display the remainingquantity.

3. Note for replacement of consumable partsA. Toner cartridge

When a waste toner cartridge is removed from the machine, it must beput in a polyethylene bag to avoid scattering of toner.

B. DV cartridge

Do not shake or put up the developer cartridge. Otherwise developermay scatter.

C. DV seal attachment procedure

1) When attaching the DV side Mylar, check the position shown in thefigure below and attach it properly.

2) When attaching the DV side sheet, check the position shown in thefigure below and attach it properly. (First of all, attach the DV side Mylar.)

* Be sure to attach the DV side sheet so that the notch is on theoutside.

Toner Life, 16K

Remaining quantity check *1

a. Press and hold the density adjustment LIGHT key for more than 5 sec, and the machine will enter the user program mode.

b. Press and hold the "%" key for more than 5 sec, and the remaining quantity will be displayed on the copy quantity display in one of the following levels: (Remaining quantity display levels: 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 10%, LO)

c. Press the density adjustment LIGHT key to cancel.

Remaining quantity

NEAR EMPTYAbout 10%

EMPTY

LED ON Flash

Machine Operation allowed Stop

Developer Life 50K

LED ON at 50K of the developer count

Machine Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by Service Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup.(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 50K.)* Default: Not Stop* Clear: SIM 42-1

Maintenance LED Selection is available among 50K, 25K, 10K, 7.5K, 5K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1.* Default: 50K* Clear: SIM 20-1

Machine Not stop

Page 57: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-1

[11]DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

WARNING Before performing the disassembly procedure, be sure toremove the power cord to prevent against an electric shock.

1. High voltage section/Duplex transport section

A.Transfer charger unit

B.Charger wire

Installation: The spring tip must be between two reference ribs.•The charger wire must be free from twist or bending.•Be sure to put the charger wire in the V groove.

C.Duplex transport section

No. Item

1 High voltage section/Duplex transport section

2 Optical section

3 Fusing section

4 Paper exit section

5 MCU

6 Optical frame unit

7 LSU

8 Tray paper feed section/Paper transport section

9 Manual multi paper feed section

10 Power section

11 Developing section

12 Process section

13 Others

No. Content

A Transfer charger unit

B Charger wire

C Duplex transport section

(3)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)(3)

(3)

(3)

(5)

(4)

(2)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)(3)

(3)

(4)(3)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(2)

Page 58: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-2

2.Optical sectionNote: When disassembling or assembling the optical unit, be careful not

to touch the mirror and the reflector.

A.Table glass

B.Copy lamp unit

Disassembly: Be sure to put No. 2/3 mirror unit to the positioning plate(A).

Assembly: Put the notched surface of wire holder (3) downward,tighten temporarily, and install.

Adjustment: Main scanning direction distortion balance adjustment

C.Inverter PWB for copy lamp

D.Copy lamp

No. Content

A Table glass

B Copy lamp unit

C Inverter PWB for copy lamp

D Copy lamp

E Lens unit

F Wire

(1)

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

(3)

(4)(4)

(1)

(A)

(A)(2)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(2)

Page 59: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-3

E.Lens unit

Note:Do not remove screws which are not indicated in the figure. If theheight of the base plate is changed, it cannot be adjusted in themarket.

Note:The CCD/lens unit is factory-adjusted before shipping. Since these adjustments cannot be performed in the market.Never touch the screws other than screw 2) of the CCD/lens unit.

Lens unit attachment

<1>Attach the lens unit so that the lens unit number on thelens adjustment plate is aligned with the scribe line on thebase plate.

<2>Make a sample copy at the above position, and measure the magnification ratio.

<3>Change the installing position in the horizontal direction to adjust the magnification ratio.

•When the copy image is longer than the original, shift to the positive (+) direction.

•When the copy image is shorter than the original, shift to the negative (-) direction.

* 1 scale of the scribed line corresponds to 0.34% of magnification ratio.

* If this adjustment is not satisfactory, make a fine adjustment with SIM 48-2.

F.Wire

CCD adjustment value

+4 scales 5.0~

+3 scales 3.6~4.9

+2 scales 2.2~3.5

+1 scale 0.8~2.1

Reference -0.6~0.7

-1 scale -2.0~ -0.7

-2 scales -3.4~ -2.1

-3 scales -4.8~ -3.5

-4 scales ~ -4.9

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

(3)

(4)

Reference line (0)

(+) direction

( ) direction

One division: 1.4mm

Lens unit number

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(4)

Page 60: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-4

3.Fusing section

A.Fusing unit removal

B.Thermostat

C.Thermistor

Installation: When installing the thermistor, be sure to face the installingprojection (A) toward the installing surface.Check that the thermistor is in contact with the upper heatroller.

D.Heater lamp

Assembly: Insert the spring (A) into the hole (B) in the fusing frame.

Assembly: Put the paper guide earth spring (A) under the paper guide(B) before fusing.

No. Contents

A Fusing unit

B Thermostat

C Thermistor

D Heater lamp

E Upper heat roller

F Separation pawl

G Lower heat roller

H Separation pawl

(3)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)(2)

(3)(2)

(1)

(2)

(A)

(A)(B)

(2)

(1) (2)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(B)

(A)

Page 61: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-5

Assembly: Put the fusing harness (A) on the heater lamp (B) as shownin the figure and fix them together.<R>Place the fusingharness inside the rib (C).

E.Upper heat roller

Disassembly: There are three pawls on the fusing cover. Remove thescrews and slide the fusing cover to the right to remove.The heater lamp is fixed on the fusing cover with ascrew. Slide the fusing cover to the front and remove thescrew, then remove the heater lamp.

F.Separation pawl

(A)

(B)

(C)

(1)

(3)(4)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)

Grease(JFE552)Floil(GU2)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(3)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(3)

(1)

Page 62: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-6

G.Lower heat roller

Assembly: When installing the paper guide (3) before fusing, fix thepaper guide fixing plate with screws temporarily so that thepaper guide fixing plate (2) is in contact with the framebottom under fusing (A). Set the paper guide (3) beforefusing to the bottom line of the positioning reference (B),and tighten the screw firmly.

H.Separation pawl

4.Paper exit section

A.Ozone filter

B.Cooling fan

(1)(1)

(3)

(2)

(2) (A)

(4)

(B) (B)

Grease(JFE552)

No. Content

A Ozone filter

B Cooling fan

C Paper exit unit

D Paper exit sensor / duplex sensor

E Transport roller

F Paper exit roller

G Paper exit interface P.W.B.

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(3)(2)

(1)

Page 63: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-7

C.Paper exit unit D.Paper exit sensor / duplex sensor

(A)Exit sensor

(B)Duplex sensor

E.Transport roller

(2)

(4)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(1)(3)

(1)

(2)(3)

(3)

(1)

(3)

(2)

(5)

(5)

(1)

(1)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(4)

(4)

(6)

(A)

(B)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(3)

Page 64: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-8

F.Paper exit roller

Assembly: Insert the spring pin so that the waveform (A) of the springpin faces in the longitudinal direction of the paper exitdrive gear long hole (B).<R>Be sure to insert two ribs (C)into the groove (D).

G.Paper exit interface P.W.B.

5.MCU

A.MCU disassembly

Note:When replacing the MCU PWB, be sure to replace the EEPROM ofthe MCU PWB to be replaced.

Note:When replacing the MCU PWB, be sure to restore the originaljumper conditions.

6.Optical frame unit

A.Optical frame unit

Installation: Install the optical unit in the sequence shown above.

(1)

(1)

(2)

(A) (B)

(D)

(C)

(C)

(1)

(1)(2)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(3)

No. Content

A MCU disassembly

No. Content

A Optical frame unit

(1)(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)(3) (1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

Page 65: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-9

7.LSU

A.LSU unit

Note:Do not disassemble the LSU.Note:When replacing the LSU, be careful not to touch the dust-shield

glass.

Adjustment:•Image lead edge position adjustment•Image left edge position adjustment•Paper off-center adjustment

•Size of the screwdriver for removing the LSU

8. Tray paper feed section/Paper transport section

A.Intermittent frame unit

Assembly: Do not miss the door lock pawl.

No. Content

A LSU unit

(3)

(3)

(1)

(1)

(4)

(2)

(1)

(2)(1)

50mm

120mm

No. Content

A Interface frame unit

B Drive unit

C Solenoid (paper feed solenoid,, resist roller solenoid)

D Resist roller clutch / Resist roller

E Paper feed clutch/Paper feed roller (Semi-circular roller)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Page 66: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-10

B.Drive unit

Assembly: Move down the clutch pawl as shown below, and avoid theclutch and install.

C. Solenoid (paper feed solenoid, resist roller solenoid)

D. Resist roller clutch/Resist roller

E. Paper feed clutch/Paper feed roller(Semi-circular roller)

(1)(2)

Grease G-484

Moricote X56020

(1)(2)

(2)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(3)(3) (4)

(1)

(2)

Page 67: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-11

9.Manual multi paper feed section

A.Manual transport roller/Manual paper feed roller

Note:Push the lever at the right edge of the multi frame cover to the rightupper side and remove it.

Installation: Be careful of the installing direction of the manual transportroller (6)

B. Manual multi paper feed

C. Manual feed solenoid

No. Content

A Manual transport roller/Manual paper feed roller

B Manual multi paper feed

C Manual feed solenoid

D Manual transport clutch

E Pressure plate unit

F Manual paper feed clutch

A

A

A

(3) (4)

(5)

(2)(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(1)

(6)

(7)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(3)

(4)

(4)

A

A

A

(5)

(A)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(B)

Page 68: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-12

D. Manual transport clutch

E.Pressure plate unit

F. Manual paper feed clutch

Note: Push the lever at the right edge of the multi frame cover to theright upper side and remove it.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(1)

(2)

(2)(3)

(2)

(1)

(3)

(1)(1)(2)

AA

A

(2)(2)

(3)(1)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Page 69: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-13

10.Power section

A.Power unit

B. Power fan

C. High voltage P.W.B.

D. Power P.W.B.

E. Power switch

No. Content

A Power unit

B Power fan

C High voltage P.W.B.

D Power P.W.B.

E Power switch

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)(2)(3)

(1)(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)(2)

(2)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)(1)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

Page 70: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-14

11.Developing section

A.Developing box

B.Developing doctor

Adjustment: Developing doctor gap adjustment

C.MG roller

Adjustment: MG roller main pole position adjustment

Note:Attach it to fit with the attachment reference when replacing the DVblade.

No. Contents

A Developing box

B Developing doctor

C MG roller

(1)

(2)

Page 71: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-15

12.Process section

A.Drum unit

B. Main charger unit

C.Cleaning blade

13.Others

A. Operation P.W.B.

No. Contents

A Drum unit

B Main charger unit

C Cleaning blade

(1)

(2)

LO CK

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(1)

No. Contents

A Operation P.W.B.

B Tray interface P.W.B.

C 2nd tray paper entry sensor / Paper empty sensor

D 2nd tray paper feed solenoid / Transport solenoid

E 2nd tray transport clutch

F 2nd tray transport roller

G 2nd tray paper feed clutch

H 2nd tray paper feed roller

I Main motor

J I/F P.W.B.

K Paper entry sensor

L Paper empty sensor

M Paper feed roller

(1)

(1)(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(5)

(5)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(5)

Page 72: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-16

B. Tray interface P.W.B.

C. 2nd tray paper entry sensor / Paper empty sensor

D. 2nd tray paper feed solenoid / Transport solenoid

E.2nd tray transport clutch

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(1)(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(1)

(3)

(1)

(2) (3)

(5)

(3)

(4)

(1)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(1)

Page 73: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-17

F. 2nd tray transport roller

G. 2nd tray paper feed clutch

H. 2nd tray paper feed roller

I. Main motor

(1)

(1)

(2)

(3)

A B

(3)

A

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)(3)

Page 74: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 11-18

J. I/F P.W.B.

K. Paper entry sensor

L. Paper empty sensor

M. Paper feed roller

* When removing the paper feed roller, operate the paper feed clutchwith SIM 6-1, and keep the paper feed roller down as shown in thefigure above for operation.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(1)

(2)(3)

(1)

(1)

(2)(3)

(1)

(2)

Page 75: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-1

[12]FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE

1.PreparationWrite the download data (the file with the extension dwl) to the main bodyof AR-M205/M160.

Necessary files for download

• Maintenance.exe (Maintenance software) • ProcPegasus.mdl• ProcPegasus.ini• ProcPegasus.fmt• Pegasus.inf• Usbscan.sys• Download file:***.dwl

<Note>•The Download file(***.dwl ) and the like that are to be downloadedshould be copied, in advance, into folders that have a maintenanceprogram.

•When creating a folder for a maintenance tool in the PC, be sure that nolengthy folder name is included in the path.

(Example)Incorrect c:\Maintenance Download ToolCorrect c:\Maintenance\Downtool

2.Download procedure1) Main body side:

Executable by performing the Service Simulation No. 49-01 (FlashRom program-writing mode).(A word "d" appears on the operation panel to denote the downloadmode status. )

2) Connect the PC and the main body with the download cable (USB cable).(Be sure to use a USB cable for connection. USB2.0 of the AR-EB7is not applicable.)

3) PC side:Boot the maintenance program. Select the model icon.

<Sample display>

4) PC side: Confirm that the "Simulation Command List" tree is displayed on themaintenance program.

5) PC side:When the message "the main body has not got started running" isdisplayed on the lowest area of the figure below after the"maintenance program" is started up, select the "File" and then"Reconnect" in the menu bar.

6) PC side:Confirm a tree is displayed under the "Special (MCU/IMC2/FAX)" onthe maintenance program". (If no tree is displayed, confirm that theUSB is connected and select the "Reconnect" (the above 5) again.)

Page 76: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-2

7) PC side: Double click "Special (MCU/MCU2/FAX)" in the main tree item todevelop the sub tree items, and double click "DWL Download" in thesub tree items.

8) PC side:Specify the download file (*.dwl).

9) PC side: The download file is specified, download is automatically performed.The "Automatic paper selection" lamp and "Start" lamp will blinkapproximately 15 seconds after the download file is specified.

10) PC side:When the message below is displayed, download is completed.Completion message: DOWNLOAD COMPLETED

NOTE (Important):•Be sure that the power is not turned off and the USB cable is notremoved until the word "OFF" appears.

11) Main body side: Wait until the word "OFF" appears on the operation panel. The appearance of "OFF" indicates the completion of the download(writing into ROM). Turn the power off.

12) After-process: Terminate the maintenance program, and turn on thepower of the main body.

After the download (data transmission) has been completed, exit thesoftware program. The USB cable can be removed at this point.

NOTE:•For making a second connection with another machine, select the "File"and "Reconnect" in the menu bar on the maintenance program at thetime of the USB being re-connected. Repeat the previous proceduresfrom the above 5).

* Forbidden actions while downloading (Important)

Failure in the download concerned may not allow you to conduct thesubsequent download procedures. Added care should be taken to avoidhaving the situation below arise while downloading.•Switching off the main body of AR-M205/M160.•Disconnecting the download cable (USB cable).

* If the above inhibit item occurs during downloading:

Turn OFF and ON the power. 1) If "d" (which means downloading) is displayed on the operation

panel LED of the machine, perform downloading again. 2) If "d" (which means downloading) is not displayed on the operation

panel LED of the machine, turn OFF the power, and press and holdthe ZOOM(%) key and the AUDIT CLEAR key and turn ON thepower. If, then, "d" (which means downloading) is displayed on theoperation panel LED of the machine, perform downloading again. If "d" is still not displayed, the MCU must be replaced.

3. Installation procedureA. USB joint maintenance program installation

The driver is installed by plug and play.

B. Installation procedure on Windows XP

1) Machine side:Executable by performing the Service Simulation No. 49-01 (FlashRom program-writing mode).(A word "d" appears on the operation panel to denote the downloadmode status. )

2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable. (Be sure to use a USB cable for connection. USB2.0 of the AR-EB7is not applicable.)

Page 77: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-3

3) Check that the following display is shown. Select "Install from a list or the specific location" and press the NEXTbutton.

4) Select "Include this location in the serch". If the retrieval area doesnot include the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Pegasus.inf), select "Browse"If the folder path is properly shown, press the NEXT button to go toprocedure 7).

5) Select the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Pegasus.inf), and press the OK button. (When the driver is included in the "C:\Pegasus" folder:)

6) Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenance tooldriver (Pegasus.inf) is shown, and press the NEXT button.

7)) Check that the following display is shown. Press the Continue Anywaybutton.

8) When installation is completed, the following display is shown.Press the Finish button.

The installation procedure (on Windows XP) is completed with the aboveoperation.

C. Installation procedure on Windows 2000

1) Machine side:Executable by performing the Service Simulation No. 49-01 (FlashRom program-writing mode).(A word "d" appears on the operation panel to denote the downloadmode status. )

2) Connect the machine and the PC with a USB cable.(Be sure to use a USB cable for connection. USB2.0 of the AR-EB7is not applicable.)

Page 78: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 FLASH ROM VERSION UP PROCEDURE 12-4

3) Check that the new hardware search wizard is shown. Press theNEXT button.

4) Select "Serch for a suitable driver for my device" and press the NEXTbutton.

5) Select "Specify a location" and press the NEXT button.

6) Press the "Browse" button. Specify the folder which includes themaintenance tool driver (Pegasus.inf)

7) Specify the folder which includes the maintenance tool driver(Pegasus.inf), and press the OPEN button.Check that the path to the folder which includes the maintenance tooldriver (Pegasus.inf) is properly displayed, and press the OK button. (When the maintenance tool driver is included in the folder of"D:\Pegasus")

8) Press the NEXT button, and installation is started.

10) When installation is completed, the following display is shown. Press the Finish button.

The installation procedure of the joint maintenance program on Windows2000 is completed with the above operation.

Page 79: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-1

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION

1.Block diagramS

cann

er U

nit

CC

D P

WB

12V

12V

Reg

A5V

3.

3V

B/W

R G8b

its(M

SB

/LS

B)

B

5V

AD

CC

LK,S

YN

CH

,B

SA

MP

,VS

AM

PS

DI,S

CLK

,LO

AD

,OB

EM

OD

E LVT

TL

MC

U-P

WB

3.3V

IEE

E 1

284

I/F

US

B I/

FU

AR

T

Prin

ter

CLK

(20.

3094

MH

z)3.

3VR

ICD

ownl

oad

Sca

nner

CLK

(48M

Hz)

A[1

9:1]

D[1

5:0] 2M

b(1M

b*2)

8Mbi

t

I2C

Bus

Shi

fter M

OT

OR

8Kby

te

Oth

er L

oads

MP

FS

,RR

S,

SG

S,S

RR

C,S

PU

S,S

PP

S,

Ton

er M

otor

Mai

n M

otor

Mirr

or M

otor

VF

MC

NT

,VF

M,M

PF

S,C

PF

S2,

CP

FS

1

Oth

er In

puts

CP

U IN

TE

RR

UP

TS

PP

DC

PU

I/O RT

H D

RS

T

I/F P

WB

Zeb

ra2

AS

IC

(296

pin)

C

PU

H8S

/232

0 (

19.6

608M

Hz)

I E E E 1 2 8 4 U S B 1 . 1

L

SU

Pol

ygon

Mot

or

(Le

opar

d)

EE

PR

OM

SD

RA

MS

ilM 1

6Mby

teD

up 3

2Mby

te

Res

et IC

S

RA

M

Driv

er

F

lash

RO

M

AF

E(A

D98

26 o

r A

D98

22)

C

D

S

A G C

M

P

X

AD

16bi

ts

C

CD

Driv

er

CC

FL

Lam

p In

vert

er

HO

ME

PO

SIT

ION

SE

NS

OR

CC

D(T

CD

2704

)

CR

UM

CP

U C

LK(1

9.66

08M

Hz)

Sof

twar

e R

eset

SS

CG

SF

MT

0/1/

2/3

PMD

Driv

er

MM_AI0/AI1/PH_AMM_BI0/BI1/PH_B

OPU

PW

B

LC

7935

AN

7seg

LE

D

LED

5V

HC

151

KE

Y

5V

LVC

1284

PD

IUS

BP

11A

D

ST

AR

T K

EY

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

/PO

FF

,HL,

PR

FW

3.3V

,5V

EN

,5V

,24V

HVU

TC

,GR

ID,M

C,

BIA

S

CO

IN V

END

OR

/AU

DIT

OR

/CV

_CO

PY

/CV

_CO

UN

T,/C

V_S

TA

RT

,/CV

_CA

,/C

V_D

PX

,/CV

_SIZ

E0,

1,2,

3

PM

CLK

(207

8.74

(Hz)

)

PS

W

KIN

1S

ELI

N1,

2,3

OP

-CLK

OP

-LA

TC

HO

P-D

AT

AO

P-B

EO

LED

PS

L,O

NL

MH

PS

SHIF

TER

Driv

er

Sen

sor

SF

TH

P

/VID

EO

S/H

AP

CS

TT

/SY

NC

SP

MT

0/1/

2/3

RS

PF

Driv

erS

PF

CLH

,SP

FG

SO

LS

PF

PS

OL,

SP

FR

SO

L Sen

sor

Driv

er

Sel

ecto

rL1

,2W

0,1,

2,3

/SP

FC

OV

ER

,PA

PE

R,

SP

FO

PE

N,/S

PF

OU

T

SP

FM

OT

OR

TM+,TM-

/MMRDY

/MMD

PW

M

12V

,5V

,3.3

V

0 -

24V

HC

151

DC

-DC CLO

N

DU

PLE

X

Driv

er

ER

DH

PW

B O

A98

2

DIM

M S

OC

KE

T

SD

RA

M

Fla

sh R

OM

2nd

CA

SS

ET

TE

Fee

d S

OL

, Pic

k up

SO

LC

AS

SE

TT

E D

ET

EC

TIO

N,

PA

PE

R D

ET

EC

TIO

N,

PA

PE

R P

AS

S D

ET

EC

TIO

N,

DO

OR

DE

TE

CT

ION

/MMRDY

SE

LIN

1,2,

3Y

1P

SO

LF

SO

L

8 8

SC

AN

1-6

LCX

1637

4

NE

T22

70or

ISP

1581

USB2.0High-speed

AD

RS

Latc

h

P-B

us

UA

RT

JTA

G

IMA

GE

BU

S(P

I-B

us)

IMA

GE

BU

S(P

O-B

us)

PO

WE

RF

AN

Page 80: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-2

2.Circuit descriptionsA. Main PWB (MCU)

(1) Operation circuit

a. General

The operation circuit is composed of the key matrix circuit and the dis-play matrix circuit.b. Key matrix circuit

Select signals SELIN 1 - 3 are sent from the CPU of the MCU to theselector in the operation circuit.The signals detecting OFF/ON of the key are sent to the CPU as KIN 1 -2.c. Display circuit

The display is controlled by sending the data signal from the CPU of theMCU, the clock signals, and the latch signals from the ASIC to the LEDdriver in the operation circuit.

(2) I/F circuit

a. General

The I/F circuit is composed of the USB driver and the IEEE1284 driver,and performs hard interface with the ASIC (MCU PWB).b. USB circuit

With the USB driver, the differential signals (analog) of USB areconverted into digital signal, which are sent to the ASIC. In the reverseprocedure, interface between the ASIC (engine) and the host is per-formed.

c. IEEE1284 circuit

The IEEE1284 driver is used to perform interface between the ASIC(engine) and the host.

(3) Carriage unit

a. General

The carriage unit is provided with the CCD PWB, the inverter PWB, andthe lamps. It scans documents and transfers AD-converted image data tothe ASIC.b. CCD PWB

The CCD on the CCD PWB employs the color image sensor uPD8861 of5400 pixels x 3 lines, and scans documents in the main scanningdirection in the resolution of 600dpi/US letter size.Image data scanned by the CCD are inputted to the AFE (AD9826), andsubject to CDS, amplification, and AD-conversion. Then digital data areoutputted to the MCU PWB and to the ASIC, which performs imageprocess of the digital data.c. Lamp inverter PWB

The transformer is controlled by the lamp control signal from the MCUPWB. The transformer output controls lighting of the cool cathode raytube.

USB driverIC401

USBconnector

D -

D+

OE, RCV, VP, VMSuspend, VMOVPO

ASIC

Centronics

connector

IEEE1284

driver

IC403

ASIC

B. DC power circuit

The DC power circuit directly rectifies the AC power and performs switching-conversion with the DC/DC converter circuit, and rectifies and smoothesagain to generate a DC voltage.The constant voltage control circuit is of +5VEN. +24V are of the non-control system by winding from the +5VEN winding. As shown in fig (1), +24V, and+5V are provided with the ON/OFF function by external signals. +3.3V is outputted from +5VEN to the regulator IC. Refer to the block diagram, fig (1).

fig (1) Block diagram

Page 81: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-3

(1) Noise filter circuit

The filter circuit is composed of L and C. It reduces common noises andnormal mode noises generated from the AC line.The common noise means that generated in each line for GND. Its noisecomponent is delivered through C001, C003, and C007 to GND.The normal noise means that overlapped in the AC line or the output line.It is attenuated by C002, L001, C006, and L002. Refer to fig (2).

fig (2) Noise filter circuit

(2) Rush current prevention circuit and rectifying/smoothing circuit

fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit

fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit Since the ACpower is directly rectified, if there were not this rush current preventionresistor (TH001), an extremely large rush current would flow due to acharging current flowing through the smoothing capacitor C010 whenturning on the power.To prevent against this, the rush current prevention resistor TH001 isprovided between the rectifying diode D002 and the smoothing diodeC010, suppressing a rush current.The rectifying/smoothing circuit rectifies a 50/60Hz AC voltage with therectifying circuit, and smoothes it with the smoothing capacitor C010.

(3) Inverter and control circuit (Flyback converter system)

fig (4) Inverter and control circuit

This circuit is one-stone separate excitation DC-DC converter calledflyback converter, as shown in fig (4).When an electromotive voltage of IC is applied through D012, R005, andR006 to IC002, IC002 oscillates to conduct Q001.As a result, a voltage is applied to the primary winding of the convertertransformer (T001) and at the same time a voltage is generated in thedriving winding of IC002 to operate IC002. Then IC002 turns ON/OFFQ001 at the frequency of about 70KHz determined by R016.Under the ON state, the voltage in the secondary winding is reversed tothe diode D103 and no current flows through the secondary winding ofT001.Under the OFF state, the current flowing through the primary winding isin the same direction as the primary winding, conducting D103 andtransmitting energy to the secondary winding. Refer to fig (4).

fig (5) Operation waveform of the flyback converter

Page 82: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-4

The control circuit is subject to negative feedback from the secondaryside as shown in fig (4). A photo coupler (PC002) is employed to insulatebetween the primary side and the secondary side to feed back thecontrol signal to the primary side.When the output voltage is increased by energy transmission from T001,the voltage detected by R109 and R111 is compared with the referencevoltage of IC102. When it exceeds the reference voltage, the currentflowing through IC102 (that is, the photo diode current of PC002) isincreased and transmitted to the primary side. Then the potential at thefeedback pin (2 pin) of IC102 is decreased to control Q001. Therefore,the change in the output voltage on the secondary side is passedthrough IC102 and PC002 to control Q001, stabilizing the output voltage.

(4) Overcurrent protection circuit (Primary side)

The inverter circuit of the primary side is connected with the currentdetection resistor R012. When an overcurrent occurs in the secondaryside, the current flowing through the primary side inverter Q001 isincreased. The current is detected by R012, and passed through R013 toIC002 overcurrent restricting pin (3 pin) to turn OFF Q002, shutting off allpower. To resupply the power, turn off and on the power. Refer to fig (4).

(5) Rectifying/smoothing circuit (+5V)

fig (6) Rectifying/smoothing circuit

The high frequency pulse generated by the inverter circuit is decreasedby the converter transformer, rectified by the high frequency diode D103,and smoothed by C103 and C104.

fig (7) +5V rectifying/smoothing circuit voltage waveform

Page 83: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-5

3.Actual wiring diagramACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1/7

B0

3P

-VL

(WH

ITE

)

B4

B-P

H-K

-BL

(BLA

CK

)

SP

F G

RO

UN

D W

IRE

OR

IGIN

AL

TR

AY

HA

RN

ES

SS

EN

SO

R H

AR

NE

SS

04

FE

-BT

-VK

-N(W

HIT

E)

B3

B-P

H-K

-R(R

ED

)

Mir

ror

HP

SE

NS

OR

OP

TIC

AL

BA

SE

PLA

TE

CC

D P

WB

Mir

ror

MO

TO

R

CO

PY

LA

MP

TH

ER

MIS

TE

R

Sid

e C

ove

r S

W

MA

INM

OT

OR

TO

NE

RM

OT

OR

DE

V U

N

PO

WE

R P

WB

MC

U-P

WB

DE

HU

MID

IFIE

RH

EA

TE

R P

WB

HA

ND

PA

PE

R P

ICK

UP

SO

LE

NO

ID

HA

ND

PA

PE

R E

MP

TY

SE

NS

OR

TC

CA

SE

TT

E E

MP

TY

SE

NS

OR

PS

SO

L

GP

1S

58

(C)

GP

1S

58

(O)

2n

d C

AS

ET

TE

(O)

Nor

mal

Ope

n :

Low

(C

) N

orm

al C

lose

:H

igh

CA

SS

ET

TE

DE

HU

MID

IFIE

RH

ED

AT

ER

MIR

RO

RD

EH

UM

IDIF

IER

HE

AT

ER

Op

tion

GR

IDM

C

MC

FB

BC

Op

tion

HV

U Bia

s

SP

F U

NU

SB

1.1

IEE

E12

84

Op

tion

PA

PE

R I

NS

EN

SO

R

PIC

K U

P S

OL

FU

SE

R

AC

Co

rd

AC

SW

DE

HU

MID

IFIE

R H

EA

TE

R S

W

HE

AT

ER

LA

MP

RE

AC

TO

L

23

0V

O

NL

Y

PO

LY

GO

NM

OT

OR

LSU

AP

C-P

WB

BD

-PW

B

CO

OL

ING

FU

N

I/F

FFC

FFC

FF

C

FFC

FF

C

FF

C

Fro

nt

Co

ver

SW

SR

U

DU

P M

OT

OR

CA

SE

TT

E S

WIT

CH

SE

NS

OR

E-S

OR

T

FF

C

B3B-PH-K-S(WHITE)

B3

B-P

H-K

-R(R

ED

)S

UB

-D 2

5

FE

4-3

2-S

15

05

(BLA

CK

)

B4

B-P

H-K

-S(W

HIT

E)

08

FE

-BT

-VK

-N(W

HIT

E)

B2

P-V

H(W

HIT

E)

B1

3B

-PH

-K-S

(WH

ITE

) B3

P-V

H(W

HIT

E)

B3

B-P

H-K

-S(W

HIT

E)

B2

0B

-PH

DS

S-B

(WH

ITE

)

B3

B-P

H-K

-BK

(BLA

CK

)

B4

B-P

H-K

-S(W

HIT

E)

B2

B-X

H-A

-S(W

HIT

E)

B2

B-X

H-A

-BK

(BLA

CK

)

B2

B-X

H-A

-R(R

ED

)B

4B

-PH

-K-R

(RE

D)

B1

2B

-PH

DS

S-B

(WH

ITE

)

B2

6B

-PH

DS

S-B

(WH

ITE

)

35

FE

-BT

-VK

-N(W

HIT

E)

22FE-BT-VK-Nx2

(WHITE)

22FE-BT-VK-NX2

(WHITE)

13FE-BT-VK-N(WHITE)

B7B-PH-K-S(RED)

B18B-PHDSS-B(WHITE)

B4

B-P

H-K

-S(W

HIT

E)

3P

TE

RM

INA

L2

30

V

ON

LY

B4

B-P

H-K

-S(W

HIT

E)

B3

B-P

H-K

-R(R

ED

)

B2

B-P

H-K

(WH

ITE

)

B0

2-X

L-H

DB

(WH

ITE

)

35FE-BT-VK-N(WHITE)

DR

UM

IN

ISA

L S

W

B3B-PH-K-BK(BLACK)

B5B-PH-K-S(WHITE)

US

B2.

0

B3

B-P

H-K

-S(W

HIT

E)

SH

IFT

ER

MO

TO

RG

P1

A7

1A

1(O

)S

HIF

TE

R H

PS

EN

SO

R

CO

OL

ING

FU

N

CO

OL

ING

FU

N

13FE-BT-VK-N(WHITE)

MO

DE

L W

/O S

HIF

TE

R

MO

DE

L W

ITH

SH

IFT

ER

B3B-PH-K-SX2

(WHITE)

CO

OL

ING

FU

N

CO

OL

ING

FU

N

CO

PY

OP

PW

B

OP

ER

ET

ION

PA

NE

L

IMSA-9610S-24C

(BLACK)

AUDITOR

CO

IN V

EN

DE

R

Op

tion

Op

tion

1-171825-2B6B-PH-K-S

(WHITE)

PA

PE

R O

UT

SE

NS

OR

DU

PS

EN

SO

R

Option

24FMN-BTRK-A(BLACK)

3

*

Page 84: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-6

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2/7M

CU

PW

B

MA

IN M

OT

OR

PW

B

LS

U U

NIT

CN

2(B

12B

-PH

DS

S-S

)1 2 63 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12

/PM

CLK

_A

GN

D G

ND

AP

CS

TT

SH

OLD

/VID

EO

/SY

NC

SW

5V

24V

P-G

ND

/PM

D/P

MR

DY

BU

12P

-TR

-P-H

PM

PW

B

PL

PK

BR

GY

RD

1 2 3 4

/PM

CLK

P-G

ND

/PM

D/P

MR

DY

524

V

1776

22-5

AP

C

4 5 96/S

YN

C/V

IDE

O

GN

D

+5V

7/S

AM

P8 10 3 2

SE

LEC

T

/SY

NC

+5V

AP

CS

TT

1G

ND

OR

LB GY

OR

LB PL

BR

PK

GY

LB

B10

B-P

H-K

-S

3 2 1

GN

D

+5V

/SY

NC

OR

LBGY

BP

CB

3B-P

H-K

-S

OR

LB PL

BR

PK

GY

LB PL

PK

BR

GY

RD

OR

LB PL

BR

PK

GY

LB PL

PK

BR

GY

RD

OR

LB PL

BR

PK

GY

LB PL

PK

BR

GY

RD

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

<L

SU

HA

RN

ES

S>

(FF

C)

08F

E-B

T-V

K-N

CN

24(0

8FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

<M

AIN

MO

TO

R H

AR

NE

SS

>

1 2T

MA

_OT

MB

_O

CN

30(B

2P-V

H)

TO

NE

R M

OT

OR

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

/PM

CLK

_A

GN

D G

ND

AP

CS

TT

SH

OLD

/VID

EO

/SY

NC

INT

5V

24V

P-G

ND

/PM

D/P

MR

DY

PS

SO

L

PIC

K U

P S

OL

RD

B3B

-PH

-K-S

PL

OR

HA

ND

PA

PE

R E

MP

TY

SE

NS

OR

PW

B

<H

AN

D E

NP

TY

SE

NS

OR

HA

RN

ES

S>

CN

17(B

4B-P

H-K

-S)

1 2 3

P-G

ND

/MM

RD

Y/M

MD

4 5 6

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

7 8S

W24

V

GN

D

SW

24V

8 7 6

P-G

ND

/MM

RD

Y/M

MD

5 4 3

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

2 1S

W24

V

N.C

SW

24V

2 3H

PE

MP

TY

1LE

DH

PE

MP

TY

2 3H

PE

MP

TY

1LE

DH

PE

MP

TY

2/P

SR

SO

L1

24V

CN

23(B

2B-X

H-R

D)

2/C

PS

OL

124

V

BL

BL

2 3G

ND

PIN

1LE

DP

IN

CN

22(B

2B-X

H-S

)

PA

PE

R I

N S

EN

SO

RP

WB

1757

67-3

GY

PL

GY<

PE

PA

R I

N S

EN

SO

R H

AN

ES

S>

GY

PL

OR

1 2G

ND

PIN

3LE

DP

IN

2 3G

ND

CP

EM

PT

Y1

LED

CP

EM

PT

YG

YP

L

OR<

CA

SE

TT

E E

MP

TY

SE

NS

OR

HA

NE

SS

>

GY

PL

OR

CA

SE

TT

E E

MP

TY

SE

NS

OR

PW

B

2 3G

ND

N.C

.1

CA

SE

TT

E

1577

8-2

PL

OR<

CA

SE

TT

E S

WIT

CH

HA

NE

SS

>

GY

OR

2G

ND

1G

AS

ET

TE

CA

SE

TT

E S

WIT

CH

PW

B

CN

20(B

3B-P

H-K

- R

D)

CN

18(B

3B-P

H-K

-K)

CN

14(B

3B-P

H-K

-S)

CN

19 (

B6B

-PH

-K-S

)P

AP

ER

OU

T S

EN

SO

RP

WB

OR

GY

PL

PL

GY

OR<D

UP

LE

X/P

-OU

T S

EN

SO

R/C

OO

LIN

G F

UN

HA

RN

ES

S >

1 2 3

5V GN

DP

DP

X

6G

ND

4 55V

PO

UT

1 2 3

5V GN

DP

DP

X

OR

GY

PL

PL

GY

OR

B3B

-PH

-K-*

3G

ND

1 25V PO

UT

B3B

-PH

-K-*

DU

P S

EN

SO

RP

WB

1 2 3

VF

MO

UT

P-G

ND

/VF

MC

NT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

SF

TD

A

SF

TD

B/S

FT

DB

24V

P-G

ND

/VF

MC

NT

VF

NO

UT

P-G

ND

/SF

TD

AS

FT

HP

CN

26(1

3FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4CN

1(13

FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

SH

IFT

ER

MO

TO

R

GY

OR

B3B

-PH

-K-*

2 3G

ND

SF

TH

P1

5VG

Y

SH

IFT

ER

HP

SE

NS

OR

PW

B

SF

TH

PLE

DV

CC

GN

D

1 2 31 2 3 4 5/S

FT

MA

SF

TM

BS

FT

MA

24V

24V

CN

3(B

6B-P

H-K

-R)

GY

OR

GY

<S

HIF

TE

R H

P S

EN

SO

R H

AN

ES

S>

PA

PE

R E

XIT

INT

ER

FA

CE

PW

B

CN

2(B

3B-P

H-K

-K)

<T

RA

Y U

NIT

HA

RN

ES

S>

<B

D H

AR

NE

SS

>(F

FC

)

GN

DG

YN

.C

RD

BK

BK

GY

PL

OR

<C

OO

LIN

G F

UN

HA

RN

ES

S>

2N

.C.

15V

CN

31(B

3B-P

H-K

-K)

2D

RU

M1

5V

<D

RA

M I

NIS

AL

SW

ITC

H H

AN

ES

S>

(CR

U O

NL

Y)

1577

8-2

2D

RU

M

SF

TD

A

SF

TD

B/S

FT

DB

24V

P-G

ND

/VF

NC

NT

VF

MO

UT

P-G

ND

/SF

TD

AS

FT

HP

3 2 1

115V

12D

-GN

D13

P-G

ND

INT

ER

NA

L C

OO

LIN

G F

AN

INT

ER

NA

L C

OO

LIN

G F

AN

INT

ER

NA

LC

OO

LIN

G F

AN

INT

ER

NA

LC

OO

LIN

G F

AN

5V P-G

ND

D-G

ND

/VF

MC

NT

VF

MO

UT

P-G

ND

1 2 3

/VF

MC

NT

VF

MO

UT

P-G

ND

1 2 3

CN

4(B

3B-P

H-K

- *)

CN

5(B

3B-P

H-K

- *)

1 2 3

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

P-G

ND

CN

15 (

B3B

-PH

-K-S

)

CN

16 (

B3B

-PH

-K-S

)

MO

DE

L W

/O S

HIF

TE

R

MO

DE

L W

ITH

SH

IFT

ER

4G

ND

6/S

FT

MB

1 2G

ND

PIN

3LE

DP

IN17

5767

-3

1

INT

ER

FA

CE

Page 85: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-7

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3/7

MC

U P

WB

CC

D P

WB

CN

5(F

F4-

32-S

15D

4)C

N1(

FF

4-32

-S15

D5)

(FF

C)

CN

1(24

FM

N-B

TR

K-A

) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 2221201918

(FF

C)

OP

PW

B

<C

CD

HA

RN

ES

S>

<O

PE

RA

TIO

N P

AN

EL

HA

RN

ES

S>

30 29A

FE

DB

0A

FE

DB

128

AF

E D

B2

27 26A

FE

DB

3A

FE

DB

425

AF

E D

B5

24 23A

FE

DB

6A

FE

DB

722

AF

E_S

CK

21 20G

ND

AD

CLK

19A

FE

_SE

N18 17

CC

D_P

HI1

GN

D16

CC

D P

HI2

15 14A

FE

_SD

1C

CD

_CP

13B

SA

MP

12 11C

CD

_RS

GN

D10

CC

D_T

G9 8

VS

AM

PG

ND

73.

3V6 5 4 3 2 1

5VE

N

GN

DG

ND

12V

12V

GN

D

32G

ND

31M

OD

E

CN

8(04

FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

1 2 3 4

PG

ND

VC

LC

LON

PG

ND

CO

PY

LA

MP

UN

IT

AF

E D

B0

AF

E D

B1

AF

E D

B2

AF

E D

B3

AF

E D

B4

AF

E D

B5

AF

E D

B6

AF

E D

B7

AF

E_S

CK

GN

DA

DC

LKA

FE

_SE

NC

CD

_PH

I1G

ND

CC

D P

HI2

AF

E_S

D1

CC

D_C

PB

SA

MP

CC

D_R

SG

ND

CC

D_T

GV

SA

MP

GN

D3.

3V5V

EN

GN

DG

ND

12V

12V

GN

D

GN

DM

OD

E

<C

OP

Y L

AM

P H

AR

NE

SS

>(F

FC

)

CN

1(IM

SA

-961

0S-2

4C)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

SC

AN

5S

CA

N4

ON

LO

P-S

TB

OP

-LA

TC

H

5VE

NB

ZR

5V5VK

EY

IN

2221201918

SC

AN

3S

CA

N2

SC

AN

1

SE

LIN

2S

ELI

N1

OP

-DA

TA

PS

W

1 2 3

OU

T_A

+

OU

T_A

-O

UT

_B +

4O

UT

_B -

CN

12

(B4B

-PH

-S)

MIR

RO

R M

OT

OR

Mir

ror

HP

SE

NS

OR

PW

BC

N10

(B3B

-PH

-K-R

)1 2 3

LED

MH

PS

GN

DM

HP

S

<S

CA

NN

ER

HP

SE

NS

OR

HA

RN

ES

S>

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 321 2

SE

LIN

3

PS

LO

P-C

LK

CN

9 (S

UB

-D 2

5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

24V

P-G

ND

24V

/SP

FO

UT

SP

FO

PE

N

/SP

FC

OV

ER

YS

PF

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

SP

FP

SO

LS

PF

RS

OL

2019181716

SPF INTERFACE PWB

/SP

FM

OD

B/S

PF

MO

DA

SE

LIN

3B

<S

PF

HA

RN

ES

S>

SP

FM

OD

A

SE

LIN

2BP

DO

WN

A

SP

FM

OD

B

SE

LIN

1B21 22 23 24 25

CN

5 (B

26B

-PH

DS

S)

SP

FC

LHS

PF

GS

OL

PD

OW

NB

5VP

AP

ER

SC

AN

6

D-G

ND

1 221 23

23D

-GN

D

SP

F C

LH

SE

NS

OR

PW

B

23

24D

-GN

D24

SC

AN

5S

CA

N4

ON

LO

P-S

TB

OP

-LA

TC

H

5VE

NB

ZR

5V5VK

EY

IN

SC

AN

3S

CA

N2

SC

AN

1

SE

LIN

2S

ELI

N1

OP

-DA

TA

PS

W

SE

LIN

3

PS

LO

P-C

LK

SC

AN

6

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

4

1 2N

.C24

V1

/CLH

3 1 2S

PF

OP

EN

SG

ND 5V

3 1 2/S

PF

OU

TS

GN

D 5V3

1 2 3 1 2 3

SP

FO

PE

N(B

OO

K S

EN

SO

R)

/SP

FO

UT

(PA

PE

R E

XIT

SE

NS

OR

)

1 2 3

SP

F P

SO

L

18 8P

ULL

UP

SG

ND

PA

PE

R196 11

24V

1/P

SO

L

9 3W

3W

2

SP

FC

OV

ER

205 15VW

0

W1

7

SG

ND

14

4 5N

.C.B

24V

161 2

/AA /B3

24V

17

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

PA

PE

R F

EE

D U

NIT

4 5N

.C.B

24V

161 2

/AA /B3

24V

17

1 2S

PF

OP

EN

SG

ND

1 2

4 5N

.C.B

24V

161 2

/AA /B3

6 5 4 3 2 1

4 13L25V

SG

ND

172 15L15V

SG

ND

16

OR

IGN

AL

TR

AY

1 2 3 1 2 3

4 5N

.C.B

24V

161 2

/AA /B3

24V

17

PLU

SE

MO

TO

R4 2

24V

1B 24

V1

53 1/AA /B

6

DS

PF

ON

LYS

PF

PS

OL

1 2/G

SO

L

24V

1

SP

F P

SO

L1 2

24V

1S

PF

RS

OL

1 2

10 1224

V1

/RS

OL

L1 L2

25 26 6 18 16 7 5 20 17 21 23 9 10 24 11 3141242 19 15 22 13 1

24V

P-G

ND

24V

/SP

FO

UT

SP

FO

PE

N

/SP

FC

OV

ER

PA

PE

R

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

SP

FP

SO

LS

PF

RS

OL

SP

FM

OD

B/S

PF

MO

DA

SE

LIN

3BS

PF

MO

DA

SE

LIN

2BP

DO

WN

A

SP

FM

OD

B

SE

LIN

1BS

PF

CLH

SP

FG

SO

LP

DO

WN

B5V

YS

PF

N.C

8

CN

6 (B

20B

-PH

DS

S)

PA

PE

R

(PA

PE

R E

NT

RY

SE

NS

OR

)

BU

7P-T

R-P

-H

BU

2P-T

R-P

-H

BU

6P-T

R-P

-H

SM

P-0

2V-B

C

SM

R-0

2V-N

CN

4B

2B-P

H-K

-S

CN

3B

7B-P

H-K

-S

CN

2B

3B-P

H-K

-K

CN

1B

3B-P

H-K

-R

CN

7B

3B-P

H-K

-S

B7B

-PH

-K-S

OP

TIC

AL U

NIT

Page 86: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-8

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 4/7M

CU

PW

B

1 2 3

LIV

E

NE

UT

RA

LN

.C.

4 5 6

LIV

E

NE

UT

RA

LN

.C.

AC

SW

BK

WH

BK

WH

MC

3 2 1

MC

FB

GR

IDN

.C.

BK

PK W

H

TC

WH

BC

RD

PS

FU

N1 2 3

PS

FM

OU

T

GN

D/P

SF

MC

NT

1 2 3

LIV

E

NE

UT

RA

LN

.C.

F-G

ND

CN

001(

B03

P-V

L)

CN

004(

B06

P-V

L)

CN

3(B

3P-V

H[B

LAC

K])

#250

#250

CN

4(#1

87)

TC

BC

#187

#187

So

cke

t H

old

er

TC

hig

h v

olta

ge

Ho

lde

r

CN

1(B

7B-P

H-K

-S)

DV

UN

IT

TC

S

1 2 3

+24V

DV

SE

LT

CS

4P

-GN

D

1 2D

V B

IAS

GN

D

8 1 2

DV

BIA

S

TO

NE

R+2

4V

4 7N

.C.

N.C

.

5 6 3

DE

V

N.C

.G

ND

8 1 2 4 75 6 3

2 4 3

+5V

DE

VC

LK#

DE

VID

#

1G

ND

2 4 3 1

CN

2(B

02P

-NV

)

CR

UM

RD

BR

PL

GY

RD

PL

RD

BR

GY

OR

PK

LB GY

1 42H

EA

TE

R(L

)N

.C.

HE

AT

ER

(N)

3N

.C.

TH

ER

MO

ST

AT

HL

BK

WH

CN

*(B

04P

-VL)

TH

ER

MIS

TE

R

CN

21(B

2B-X

H-K

-K)

(BLA

CK

)O

R

BK

PL

1 224

V/H

PS

OL

#250

#250

5202

5-08

1151

010-

0811

TS

R-0

4V-K

2GG

PI8

-FX

-4P

-DS

<D

EV

HA

RN

ES

S>

<T

HE

RM

IST

ER

HA

RN

ES

S>

<H

L H

AR

NE

SS

><M

C H

AR

NE

SS

>

<G

B/M

CF

B H

AR

NE

SS

>

<T

C H

AR

NE

SS

>

<B

C H

AR

NE

SS

>

<A

C S

W H

AR

NE

SS

>

CN

27(B

4B-P

H-K

-S)20 22 24

24V

HLO

UT

P-G

ND

16 17 18

3.3V

/PO

FF

5V

21 19 23

FW

PR

24V

12 13 25

PS

FM

OU

T

D-G

ND

/PF

MC

NT

26 1

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

155V

EN

9 8 6

D-G

ND

/MC

N.C

4 5 3

/TC

BIA

S

GR

IDL

10 11 14

P-G

ND

3.3V

D-G

ND

CN

3(B

26B

-PH

DS

S-K

-S)

BR

PL

GY

BR

GY

BL

RD

BL

BR

LB PK

OR

LBOR

GY

GY

BR

RD

GY

/MC

BIA

S

GR

IDL

GN

DIN

T24

/TC

GY

HA

ND

PA

PE

RP

ICK

UP

SO

L

BK

HV

U P

WB

P/S

PW

B (

1/2)

CN

101(

B18

B-P

HD

SS

-B)

GY

BL

GY

OR

OR

BL

BR

RD

PL

BR

GY

RD

PK

BR

LB GY

GY

GY

<F

US

ING

HA

RN

ES

S>

AC

CO

DE

24V

HLO

UT

P-G

ND

3.3V

/PO

FF

5V FW

PR

24V

PS

FM

OU

T

D-G

ND

/PS

FM

CN

T

5VE

N

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

3.3V

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

<P

S H

AR

NE

SS

>

<P

S F

AN

HA

RN

ES

S>

INT

242 7

TC

_CO

NT

TC

_CO

NT

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

RD

PL

GY

BR

PK

BR

PL

BR

PK

LB RD

GY

1 2 3

RT

H_I

N

GN

DN

.C

CN

25(B

3B-P

H-K

-S)

(WH

ITE

)

HA

ND

PA

PE

R P

ICK

UP

SO

LIN

TE

RF

AC

E H

AR

NE

SS

32

GN

D

SW

5V/5

V1 4

(EP

_SD

A)

(EP

_SC

L)

CN

29(B

4B-P

H-K

-K)

LBOR

PK

GY

<S

RU

HA

RN

ES

S>

(S

RU

ON

LY

)

P/S

PW

B(2

/3)

CN

102(

B06

P-V

L)

2 1D

V B

IAS

GN

D1

BU

02P

-TR

-P-H

Page 87: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-9

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 5/7

MC

U P

WB

CN

4(35

FE

-BT

-VK

-NA

)<

INT

ER

FA

CE

HA

RN

ES

S>

GN

DG

ND

VC

C3

SE

VE

NS

EV

EN

US

BIN

VM

OU

TV

PO

UT

D_C

ON

T

VP

INR

CV

OE

N

VM

INS

US

PE

NO

PA

RA

D0

PA

RA

D1

Sid

e C

ove

r S

W

CN

24(B

3P-V

H)

SW

A-1

A-2

24V

N.C

.A

-324

V1(

DS

WS

)

RD

RD

<S

IDE

CO

VE

R S

WIT

CH

HA

RN

ES

S>

PA

RA

D3

PA

RA

D2

PA

RA

D4

PA

RA

D5

PA

RA

D6

PA

RA

D7

/AC

K/F

AU

LT/R

EV

SLO

TP

EB

US

Y

/INIT

/SLC

TIN

15 16

/AU

TO

FD

/ST

B

17 19 21 24 28 3020 27 2923 2622 2518

GN

DG

DIN

GN

D3433 3532311 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

GN

DG

ND

VC

C3

SE

VE

NS

EV

EN

US

BIN

VM

OU

TV

PO

UT

D_C

ON

T

VP

INR

CV

OE

N

VM

INS

US

PE

NO

PA

RA

D0

PA

RA

D1

PA

RA

D3

PA

RA

D2

PA

RA

D4

PA

RA

D5

PA

RA

D6

PA

RA

D7

/AC

K/F

AU

LT/R

EV

SLO

TP

EB

US

Y

/INIT

/SLC

TIN

/AU

TO

FD

/ST

B

GN

DG

DIN

GN

D

21 20 19 17 15 12 8 616 9 713 1014 1118 23 14535 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

INT

ER

FA

CE

PW

B

US

B1.

1

IEE

E12

84

SW

Fro

nt

Sid

e C

ove

r S

W

Page 88: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-10

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 6/7

MC

U P

WB

3 2 1

LIV

E

NE

UT

RA

LN

.C.

BK

WH

CN

003(

B02

P-X

L)

1st C

AS

SE

TT

ED

EH

UM

IDIF

IER

HE

AT

ER

DE

HU

MID

IFIE

R H

EA

TE

R S

W

CN

32(B

4B-P

H-K

-R)

+24V

/DH

RO

FF

N.C

.N

.C.

43211 2

+24V

DH

RO

FF

N.C

.L1 2

N3

N.C

.L1 2

N3

MIR

RO

R D

EH

UM

IDIF

IER

HE

AT

ER

(OP

TIO

N)

LEN

S D

EH

UM

IDIF

IER

HE

AT

ER

(OP

TIO

N)

<D

H P

WB

HA

RN

ES

S>

B-1B-2

LIVENEUTRAL

CBL N

(172

074-

7)

(172

074-

7)

B CD

H-L

DH

-N(1

7207

4-1)

(172

074-

1)

A-2

A-1

DH

-ND

H-L (X

LR-0

2V)

A-2

A-1

B-2

B-1

DH

-N(X

LR-0

2V)

DH

-LA

-2A

-1(X

LP-0

2V)

<D

H C

AS

ET

TE

HE

AR

TE

R H

AR

NE

SS

>

<D

H S

W H

AR

NE

SS

>

DE

HU

MID

IFIE

R H

EA

TE

R P

WB

(OP

TIO

N)

(/C

V_S

TA

RT

)

(/C

V_D

PX

)N

.C.

(/C

V_C

A)

8765

(/C

V_S

IZE

0)

(/C

V_S

IZE

3)(/

CV

_SIZ

E2)

(/C

V_S

IZE

1)

1211109

24V

(CV

_CO

UN

T)

/CV

_CO

PY

P-G

ND

4321

CO

IN V

EN

DE

R(O

PT

ION

)

(/A

UD

) 5V

N.C

.F

-GN

D8765

N.C

FG

109

(/A

UD

_PN

C)

(AU

D_R

EA

DY

)(/

AU

D_C

A)

(/A

UD

_CO

PY

)

4321

AU

DIT

OR

(OP

TIO

N)

5VG

ND

24V

11 12 13

CN

35(B

13B

-PH

-K-S

)

CN

37(1

-171

825-

2)

PS

PW

B (

3/3)

2ND

CA

SE

TT

E U

N

8765 109432124

V

11 12 13CN

36(B

20B

-PH

DS

S-K

-S)

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

24V

(PS

OL1

)(F

SO

L1)

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

N.C

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

Y1

SE

LIN

1CS

ELI

N2C

SE

LIN

3C 5V 5V

24V

24V

(PS

OL1

)(F

SO

L1)

Y2

Y3

P-G

ND

P-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

Y1

SE

LIN

1CS

ELI

N2C

SE

LIN

3C 5V 5V

CN

A(B

22B

-PH

DS

S-K

-S)

(PS

OL2

)

(PS

OL3

)(F

SO

L2)

(FS

OL3

)

8765 109 4321 11 12 13 1415 1617 1819 2021 22

N.C

.N

.C.

CA

SS

1

PP

D1

DR

S1

CS

S1

PS

OL

1

FS

OL

1

HE

AT

ER

DH

1

Page 89: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205 ELECTRICAL SECTION 13-11

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 7/7M

CU

PW

BIM

C2

PW

BC

N33

(22F

E-B

T-V

K-N

)

/OP

_RS

T3.

3VGN

DG

ND

PID

AT

A1

PID

AT

A0

PID

AT

A2

PID

AT

A3

/PIA

CK

PID

AT

A5

/ES

CR

DY

PID

AT

A7

3.3V

/PR

LIN

E

GN

D

/ES

PA

GE

PID

AT

A6

/PIR

EQ

/HS

YN

C

PID

AT

A4

/PIW

T

ES

CM

D

15 16 17 19 2120 22181 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14131211109

8 7 6 4 2 213 2215 1718 16192022 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 91011121314 1213 111415 9 6 210 3 17 48 5 CN

**(2

2FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

CN

34(2

2FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

BO

AR

D E

DG

E

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

5V3.3V

GN

DG

ND

PO

DA

TA

1

PO

DA

TA

0/

ES

PR

D

PO

DA

TA

2P

OD

AT

A3

/PO

AC

K

PO

DA

TA

5

/ES

SR

DY

PO

DA

TA

7

3.3V

/ES

DE

T

GN

D

/SC

LIN

E

PO

DA

TA

6

/PO

RE

Q

/RE

AD

Y

PO

DA

TA

4

/PO

CS

ES

ST

S

/OP

_RS

T3.

3VGN

DG

ND

PID

AT

A1

PID

AT

A0

PID

AT

A2

PID

AT

A3

/PIA

CK

PID

AT

A5

/ES

CR

DY

PID

AT

A7

3.3V

/PR

LIN

E

GN

D

/ES

PA

GE

PID

AT

A6

/PIR

EQ

/HS

YN

C

PID

AT

A4

/PIW

T

ES

CM

D 5V3.

3V

GN

DG

ND

PO

DA

TA

1

PO

DA

TA

0/

ES

PR

D

PO

DA

TA

2P

OD

AT

A3

/PO

AC

K

PO

DA

TA

5

/ES

SR

DY

PO

DA

TA

7

3.3V

/ES

DE

T

GN

D

/SC

LIN

E

PO

DA

TA

6

/PO

RE

Q

/RE

AD

Y

PO

DA

TA

4

/PO

CS

ES

ST

S

CN

**(2

2FE

-BT

-VK

-N)

BO

AR

D E

DG

E

Page 90: Service Manual AR-5220

LEAD-FREE SOLDER

The PWB’s of this model employs lead-free solder. The “LF” marks indicated on the PWB’s and the Service Manual mean “Lead-Free” solder. The alphabet following the LF mark shows the kind of lead-free solder.

(1) NOTE FOR THE USE OF LEAD-FREE SOLDER THREAD

When repairing a lead-free solder PWB, use lead-free solder thread.Never use conventional lead solder thread, which may cause a breakdown or an accident.Since the melting point of lead-free solder thread is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder thread, the use of the exclusive-usesoldering iron is recommendable.

(2) NOTE FOR SOLDERING WORK

Since the melting point of lead-free solder is about 220°C, which is about 40°C higher than that of conventional lead solder, and its soldering capacity isinferior to conventional one, it is apt to keep the soldering iron in contact with the PWB for longer time. This may cause land separation or may exceedthe heat-resistive temperature of components. Use enough care to separate the soldering iron from the PWB when completion of soldering isconfirmed.Since lead-free solder includes a greater quantity of tin, the iron tip may corrode easily. Turn ON/OFF the soldering iron power frequently.If different-kind solder remains on the soldering iron tip, it is melted together with lead-free solder. To avoid this, clean the soldering iron tip aftercompletion of soldering work.If the soldering iron tip is discolored black during soldering work, clean and file the tip with steel wool or a fine filer.

Example:

5mm

Lead-Free

Solder compositioncode (Refer to thetable at the right.)

<Solder composition code of lead-free solder>

Solder composition

Sn-Ag-Cu

Sn-Ag-BiSn-Ag-Bi-Cu

Sn-Zn-Bi

Sn-In-Ag-Bi

Sn-Cu-Ni

Sn-Ag-Sb

Bi-Sn-Ag-PBi-Sn-Ag

a

b

z

i

n

s

p

Solder composition code

a

Page 91: Service Manual AR-5220

CODE : 00Z

q CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

CONTENTS

Parts marked with "!" are important for maintaining the safety of the set. Be sure to replace these parts with specifiedones for maintaining the safety and performance of the set.

SHARP CORPORATIONThis document has been published to be usedfor after sales service only.The contents are subject to change without notice.

! !"#$"%& '()*+,-.

!"#$% &'()*+",-

ARM205/C1/

DIGITAL COPIER

AR-200MAR-160MAR-M205AR-M160

MODEL AR-5220

Japan only

Japan only

Except Japan

Except Japan

Except Japan

1. MAIN PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1CPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1ASIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Driver (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Driver (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Driver (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Noise filter/Pull-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Connector (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Connector (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2. LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10100VAC (85 - 127V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10120VAC (102 - 140V). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11220-240VAC (187 - 276V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

3. CCD PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134. COPY OPE PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145. I/F PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166. SCAN OPE PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177. TRAY PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Page 92: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 1 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/9

(3-A

2)(2

-A2)

(2-A

2)(3

-A3)

(3-A

2)

(4-C

3)(4

-C3)

(4-C

3)

(2-D

1)

(2-A

1)(3

-A3)

(2-A

2)(3

-A1)

(9-B

3)

(5-B

2)(5

-B1)

(3-B

2)

For

Deb

ug

For

Deb

ug

For

CR

UM

For

CR

UM

CPUCLK(NC) CPUCLK(NC)

SP

MT1

LW

R

/CS

0

/CS

2

RESETOUT1

/RD

/CS

2

/SC

AN

SP

/TR

AN

SS

T

/CS

0

/CS

1

/SC

AN

ST

PM

CLK

/PR

INT

ST

/HW

R

CPUNRST

SP

MT0

/SC

AN

SP

D1

0(F

W)

SP

MT3

/TR

AN

SS

T

/CP

US

YN

C

D9

D2

AR

B_

INT

SP

MT1

SP

MT3

D6

/SC

AN

ST

D8

D1

SP

MT0

SP

MT

2/M

IRC

NT

AR

B_

INT

(FW

)/C

PU

SY

NC

CC

D_

TG

RE

SE

TO

UT

1

/CS

3

/CS

3

A20

RE

SE

TO

UT

2

LW

R/H

WR

/RD

RY

/BY

A20

ES

CM

D/E

SS

RD

Y

D0

D1

3D

14

D7

D3

D3

D1

2

D0

D5

D4

D1

1

D1

5D

14

D1

3D

12

D1

1

D4

D5

D7

D1

D2

D6

D8

D9

D1

0

D1

5

(MH

PS

)

(SP

FP

AP

ER

#)(P

SW

)

CP

UN

RS

T

/CS

1

SP

MT

2/M

IRC

NT

A16

A8

A2

A18

A4

A1

A17

A3

A6

A14A15

A5

A7

A12A11

A19

A13

A0

A10A9

/AS

IC_

RS

TA

[19.

.0]

(MH

PS

)

(SIN

1)

RY

/BY

RT

H

(PS

W)

/CS

0

/CS

2

PO

FF

SP

MT1

/SC

AN

ST

SE

LIN

1

SE

LIN

3

PM

CLK

/CP

US

YN

C

AR

B_

INT

(SIN

3)

D[1

5..0

]

(SIN

2)

PS

L

SP

MT0

/CS

1

/PR

INT

ST

SP

MT2

/MIR

CN

T

/SC

AN

SP

/TR

AN

SS

T

(SP

FP

AP

ER

#)

SP

MT3

SE

LIN

2

(FW

)

/HW

R/L

WR

TxD

1

(KE

YIN

)

DE

VD

IR

SC

L SD

A

D_

CO

NT

ON

L

/RD

CC

D_

TG

/OP

_RS

T

/CS

3

/CS

4

TC

CN

T

(US

BIN

)

RE

SE

TO

UT

2/O

BE

N

ES

ST

SE

SC

MD

/ES

SR

DY

/ES

CR

DY

DM

T2

DM

T3

DM

T1

DM

T0

(YIN

)

RE

SE

TO

UT

2

(YS

PF

#)

(/S

PF

PO

UT#)

RP

/VID

EO

CP

UN

RS

T

(/V

IDE

O)

(RP

)#

VC

C3

VC

C3

CP

U3

.3

CP

U3

.3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

R1

70

J

C19N.M.

T63 1

T72 1

BR

10

10

kJx4

1234

8765

T11

0

1

C2

60

.1u

C6

12p

T45 1

C150.1u

T18 1

C293100p

C2

71N

.M.

C20100p

BR

9

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R2

260

J

C286100p

T43 1

R1

30

J

R2

04

7J

C21100p

R5

0J

R2

21

0kJ

IC3

24

WC

04

or

HT

24LC

04

1 2 3 45678

E0

E1

E2

VS

SS

DA

SC

LW

CV

CC

T90

1

BR

11

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T88 1

T27 1

T48

9

1

R1

81

0kF

IC5

A

74L

CX

08

1 23

14 7

T10

81

C2

510

0p

T57

1

C16N.M.

T62 1

T11

5

1

T82 1

R2

11

0kF

T19 1

T16 1

R1

91

0kJ

BR

4

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T7

1

R2

31N

.M

C287100p

IC5

C

74LC

X08

9

10

8

14 7

R4

N.M

C2

70

.1u

T30 1

T15 1

T3

1

T12 1

T36 1

T51 1

C1

22p

T11 1

T67 1

T5

1

T10 1

R2

0J

T61 1

C22100p

C292100p

BR

5

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T52 1

R2

28

N.M

.

C290100p

R235100J

R1

40

J

C5

100p

R1

50

J

T79

1

T92

1

T49

0

1

C2

61

0.1

u

IC4 M

5195

7BF

P

8

4

71 2 3

56

NC

GN

D

VC

CN

CIN N

CC

dO

UT

T96 1

BR

8

10

kJx4

1234

8765

T10

31

T10

41

T41 1

C2

83

12p

R7

22

J

T25 1

T40

1

T11

2 1

T77

1

T59 1

R1

N.M

.

T80

1

T44 1

T35 1

T98

1

T73 1

R2

02

10

kJ

T81 1

T4

1

T42 1

BR58100Jx41234

8765

X1

HC

-49

U/S

(1

9.6

60

8MH

z)

BR

12

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T10

91

T60

1

T84

1

BR

131

0kJ

x4

1234

8765

T87 1

C291100p

C2

30

.1u

BR

15

10

kJx4

1234

8765

C289100p

IC5

B

74LC

X08

4 56

14 7

C110.1u

T48 1

T93

1

R2

27

0J

T78

1

C120.1u

T94 1

T38 1

T89 1

IC2

H8

S/2

321

HD

6412

321V

F25

(H8S

/232

1)

64

63

62

61

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

52

51

50

49

48

47

46

45

44

43

42

41

40

39

10

31

04

10

51

06

10

71

08

10

91

10

11

11

12

11

31

14

11

51

16

11

71

18

11

91

20

12

11

22

12

31

24

12

51

26

12

71

28

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738

1021011009998979695949392919089888786858483828180797877767574737271706968676665

P3

5/S

CK

1P

34

/SC

K0

P3

3/R

xD1

P3

2/R

xD0

P31

/TxD

1P

30/T

xD0

VC

CP

D7

/D1

5P

D6

/D1

4P

D5

/D1

3P

D4

/D1

2V

ssP

D3

/D1

1P

D2

/D1

0P

D1

/D9

PD

0/D

8P

E7

/D7

PE

6/D

6P

E5

/D5

PE

4/D

4V

ssP

E3

/D3

PE

2/D

2P

E1

/D1

PE

0/D

0V

CC

AV

ccV

ref

P4

0/A

N0

P4

1/A

N1

P4

2/A

N2

P4

3/A

N3

P4

4/A

N4

P4

5/A

N5

P4

6/A

N6

/DA

0P

47

/AN

7/D

A1

AV

ssV

ssP

17

/PO

15

/TIO

CB

2/T

CL

KD

P1

6/P

O1

4/T

IOC

A2

P1

5/P

O1

3/T

IOC

B1

/TC

LK

CP

14

/PO

12

/TIO

CA

1P

13

/PO

11

/TIO

CD

0/T

CL

KB

P1

2/P

O1

0/T

IOC

C0

/TC

LK

AP

11

/PO

9/T

IOC

B0

/DA

CK

1P

10

/PO

8/T

IOC

A0

/DA

CK

0M

D0

MD

1M

D2

PG

0/C

AS

PG

1/C

S3

PG

2/C

S2

PG3/CS1PG4/CS0VssNCVCCPC0/A0PC1/A1PC2/A2PC3/A3VssPC4/A4PC5/A5PC6/A6PC7/A7PB0/A8PB1/A9PB2/A10PB3/A11VssPB4/A12PB5/A13PB6/A14PB7/A15PA0/A16PA1/A17PA2/A18PA3/A19VssPA4/A20/IRQ4PA5/A21/IRQ5PA6/A22/IRQ6PA7/A23/IRQ7P67/CS7/IRQ3P66/CS6/IRQ2VssVssP65/IRQ1P64/IRQ0

P53/ADTRGP52/SCK2

VssVss

P51/RxD2P50/TxD2

PF0/BREQPF1/BACK

PF2/LCAS/ WAIT/BREQOPF3/LWRPF4/HWR

PF5/RDPF6/AS

VCCPF7/0

VssEXTAL

XTALVCC

STBYNMIRES

WDTOVFP20/PO0/TIOCA3P21/PO1/YICOB3P22/PO2/TIOCC3P23/PO3/TIOCD3P24/PO4/TIOCA4P25/PO5/TIOCB4P26/PO6/TIOCA5P27/PO7/TIOCB5

P63/TEND1P62/DREQ1

P61/TEND0/CS5VssVss

P60/DREQ0/CS4Vss

T70 1

T23 1

T95 1

T48

8

1

T69 1

C130.1u

IC1

P20

10/P

LL70

1-01

1 2 3 45678

Xin

Xou

tF

S0

Vss

SS

on

MO

DO

UT

SR

0V

DD

T91

1

T6

1

C2

810

0p

T20 1

T28 1

C294100p

R2

41

0kJ

C8

0.1

u

C140.1u

C288100p

T17 1

T11

1

1

T11

4

1

+C

9

10u/

16V

T24 1

T58 1

T13 1

T33 1

C3

22p

T9

1

T53 1

T68 1

T21 1

T48

7 1

T14 1

T76 1

T83

1

C4

100p

R8

10

kJ

BR57100Jx4 1234

8765

BR

11

0kJ

x4

1234

8765

T34 1

R1

60

J

BR

14

10

kJx4

1234

8765

T47 1

T85

1

T66 1

T56 1

T10

51

T99

1

R1

20

J

C285100p

T10

01

T75 1

R9

10

kJ

T8

1

T50 1

T32 1

T74 1

T10

61

T65 1

T22 1

R3

N.M

R6

0J

T10

2

1

L1 ZJS

R5

10

1-22

3

BR

21

0kJ

x4

1234

8765

T26 1

T10

71

T39 1

T64 1

T31 1

R2

34

7J

C17100p

BR

3

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T46 1

T49 1

R1

10

J

T54 1

T71 1

T97

1

C2

410

00p

T29 1

T11

3 1

T86

1

C18N.M.

T10

1

1

IC5

D

74LC

X08

12

13

11

14 7

C2

0.1

u

BR

71

00

Jx4

1234

8765

T55 1

BR

6

10

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T37 1

C2

72

270p

1.M

AIN

PW

BC

PU

Page 93: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 2 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

2/9

AS

IC

(4-D

4)

(5-B

3)

(3-E

2)

(3-E

2)

(3-E

3)

(3-E

2)

(3-D

2)(3

-D2)

(3-D

2)(3

-D2)

(3-D

2)

(3-D

2)

(1-D

2)

(3-E

1)

(1-C

1)

(1-B3)(1-B3)

(1-B1)

ES

PR

D

36

(3-D

2)

RA

MD

B4

RC

V

VP

OU

TV

MO

UT

PO

DA

TA

7P

OD

AT

A6

PO

DA

TA

5P

OD

AT

A4

PO

DA

TA

3P

OD

AT

A2

PO

DA

TA

1P

OD

AT

A0

/PO

AC

K/P

IRE

Q

PO

DA

TA

0P

OD

AT

A1

PO

DA

TA

2P

OD

AT

A3

PO

DA

TA

4P

OD

AT

A5

PO

DA

TA

6P

OD

AT

A7

PID

AT

A4

PID

AT

A0

PID

AT

A5

PID

AT

A6

PID

AT

A1

PID

AT

A7

PID

AT

A2

PID

AT

A3

MM

_BI2

MM

_BI1

MM

_AI0

MM

_AI2

MM

_BI1

MM

_AI1

MA

D2

MA

D3

RA

MD

B12

RA

MD

B15

RA

MD

B14

RA

MD

B13

RA

MD

B8

RA

MD

B9

RA

MD

B10

RA

MD

B11

ME

M_I

NT

CLO

N

MM

_BI0

MM

_AI2

MM

_AI1

MM

_AI0

RA

MD

B5

RA

MD

B7

RA

MD

B3

RA

MD

B2

RA

MD

B1

MM

_BI0

MM

_BI2

MA

D1

MA

D0

MA

D10

RA

MD

B15

MA

D12

MA

D11

MA

D9

MA

D8

MA

D7

MA

D6

MA

D5

MA

D4

RA

MD

B8

RA

MD

B6

RA

MD

B7

RA

MD

B0

RA

MD

B10

RA

MD

B5

RA

MD

B6

RA

MD

B14

RA

MD

B0

RA

MD

B1

RA

MD

B4

RA

MD

B3

RA

MD

B11

RA

MD

B9

RA

MD

B2

RA

MD

B13

RA

MD

B12

AF

E_D

B0

AF

E_D

B7

AF

E_D

B3

AF

E_D

B4

AF

E_D

B6

AF

E_D

B5

AF

E_D

B2

AF

E_D

B1

D13

D10

D5

D7

D8

D6

D15

D0

D9

D4

D14

D2

D11

D1

D3

D12

PA

RA

D2

PA

RA

D5

/AU

TO

FD

/INIT

SP

FO

N

PA

RA

D7

OP

_LA

TC

H

PA

RA

D6

PA

RA

D4

/SLC

TIN

MO

DE

PA

RA

D3

PA

RA

D1

/RE

AD

YO

P_S

TR

OB

E

OE

N

RC

V

VM

IN

VP

IN

PA

RA

D0

/ST

B

VM

IN

VP

IN

MIR

ON

SU

SP

EN

D

OE

N

PD

OW

NB

PD

OW

NA

PA

RA

D3

/AC

K

PA

RA

D0

PE

PA

RA

D7

/RE

V

PA

RA

D6

PA

RA

D1

/FA

ULT

PA

RA

D5

BU

SY

SLC

T

PA

RA

D2

PA

RA

D4

/INIT

/AU

TO

FD

/ST

B

/SLC

TIN

A1

A6

A2A3A4

A9

A5

A8A7

VS

AM

P

CC

D_R

S

CC

D_C

P

BS

AM

P

CC

D_P

HI2

CC

D_P

HI1

AD

CLK

MM

_Y1

MM

_AI0

MM

_AI1

MM

_PH

_B

MM

_BI1

VP

OU

T

OE

N

RC

V

VM

INV

PIN

(/S

YN

C)

AF

E_D

B[7

..0]

PR

PS

RS

OL

CPSOL

MIR

ON

SP

FO

N

TM

CLO

N

TM

_

MODE

HL

HPSOL

MM

_Y3

SD

CLK

SD

CK

ED

QM

1

BA

NK

1B

AN

K0

/SD

CA

S/S

DR

AS

/SD

CS

DQ

M0

D[1

5..0

]

MEM_INT

MA

D[1

2..0

]

A[1

9..0

]

OP_STROBE

OP

_DA

TA

TC

PDOWNA

/GRIDL

SPFPSOL

PDOWNB

SPFRSOL

BIAS

SPFCLH

SPFGSOL

OP

_CLK

MC

LDEN

VFM

VFMCNT

OP

_LA

TC

H

MIRCNT

MM

_PH

_A

MM

_Y2

VM

OU

T

ARB_INT

AF

E_S

CK

CC

D_T

G

/CPUSYNC

/LWR

/LE

ND

/RD/ASIC_RST

CL

/VID

EO

PSFMCNTPSFM

PS

OL

1F

SO

L1

/TR

AN

SS

T

/PR

INT

ST

/SC

AN

ST

/SC

AN

SP

/PR

LIN

E/S

CLI

NE

PO

DA

TA

[7..0

]/P

OA

CK

/PIR

EQ

/PO

RE

Q/P

OC

S

/PIA

CK

/PIW

R

PID

AT

A[7

..0]

/HS

YN

C

/ES

PR

D

/RE

AD

YB

ZR

JTG

_TM

S

AF

E_S

EN

ME

M_I

NT

SDCLK2

/SD

WD

E

/ES

PR

D

AF

E_S

DI

MM

_BI0

MMDPMD

RA

MD

B[1

5..0

]

JTG

_TD

IC

PU

NR

ST

JTG

_TC

K

JTG

_TD

O

SD

CLK

2

/CS2

SU

SP

EN

D

PEBU

SY

/FA

ULT

/AC

K

/RE

V

SLC

T

PA

RA

D[7

..0]

/ST

B/A

UT

OF

D/S

LCT

IN/IN

IT

VC

C3

G3.

3V

G3.

3V

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

T17

5

1

T14

8

1

C43

12p

R21

30

J

C305470p

T21

4

1

T46

5

1

L2 ZJS

R5

10

1-22

3

C620.1u

T13

9

1

T14

2

1

T23

3

1

T46

0

1

C30010p

C74

15p

T17

0

1T

126

1

T17

9

1

BR

2710

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T19

4

1

T19

5

1 T47

0

1

BR

18

10Jx

41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R33

33J

T19

2

1

T19

7

1

T18

4

1

T20

8

1

T19

0

1

T19

8

1

T25

7

1

C71

0.1u

T28

41

T28

91

IC6

HG

73C

141H

FV

Peg

asu

s A

SIC

1234

8

67

5

91011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132

34353637383940414243444546474849

5152535455

5756

58596061626364

86 84 83 81

69

80 79

72

78 77 76

68676665

7473

82

71

7585

70

96 92 8788899091939495979899100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

192191190189188187186185184183182181180179178177176175174173172171170169168167166165164163162161160159158157156155154153152151150149

148

147

146

145

144

143

142

141

140

139

138

137

136

135

134

133

132

131

130

129

256

255

254

253

252

251

250

249

248

247

246

245

244

243

242

241

240

239

238

237

236

235

234

233

232

217

231

230

225

221

226

220219

223

218

216215

229

228

227

224

222

214213212211210209208207206205204203202201200199198197

195196

193194

33

50

257

258

259

260

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

270

271

272

273

274

275

276

277

278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291

292

293

294

295

296

CPU_DATA7CPU_DATA6CPU_DATA5CPU_DATA4

CPU_DATA1

CPU_DATA3CPU_DATA2

VCC(AC)

CPU_DATA0GND(AC)MIRCNT/CPUSYNCMEM_INTARB_INTVCC(CORE)CPU_AD8CPU_AD7CPU_AD6CPU_AD5GND(CORE)RAM_CLK_INCPU_AD4CPU_AD3CPU_AD2CPU_AD1CPU_AD0/CPUCSSFCLK48GND(CORE)/CPUWR/CPURD/RESET

PFCLKCLKSWGND(CORE)PFCLKOUTPFCLKINGND(PLL)VCC(PLL)GND(PLL)VCC(PLL)TM2_15M/SYNCGND(AC)/VIDEO/LENDVCC(AC)OUTP00A

OUTP02AOUTP03AOUTP04AOUTP05AOUTP06A

VCC(CORE)OUTP15A

OUTP07AOUTP08AGND(CORE)OUTP09AOUTP10AOUTP11AOUTP12A

VC

C(C

OR

E)

OU

TP

13B

OU

TP

12B

OU

TP

10B

GND(AC)

OU

TP

09B

OU

TP

08B

OUTP03B

GN

D(C

OR

E)

OU

TP

07B

OU

TP

06B

OUTP00BOUTP14AVCC(CORE)OUTP13A

VCC(AC)OUTP04B

OU

TP

11B

OUTP02B

OU

TP

05B

OU

TP

14B

OUTP01B

TS

P_M

OD

E

OP

E_C

LK /TM

TM

OP

E_D

AT

AO

PE

_LA

TC

HG

ND

(AC

)

VC

C(A

C)

/SC

AN

SP

TS

O0

IE12

84_S

TB

IE12

84_A

UT

OF

DV

CC

(CO

RE

)IE

1284

_SLC

TIN

IE12

84_I

NIT

IE12

84_S

LCT

GN

D(C

OR

E)

IE12

84_P

EIE

1284

_BU

SY

IE12

84_A

CK

IE12

84_F

AU

LTV

CC

(CO

RE

)IE

1284

_RE

VIE

1284

_PA

RA

D7

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

6IE

1284

_PA

RA

D5

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

4IE

1284

_PA

RA

D3

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

2V

CC

(AC

)IE

1284

_PA

RA

D1

IE12

84_P

AR

AD

0S

US

PE

ND

GN

D(A

C)

OE

NV

MO

UT

VP

OU

TG

ND

(CO

RE

)V

MIN

VP

INR

CV

/SC

AN

ST

VCC(CORE)/INREQ

/OUTCS/OUTACK

/ESPRD/FAXPRD/PCLPRDGND(AC)MDAT15MDAT14MDAT13

VCC(CORE)MDAT12MDAT11MDAT10VCC(AC)MDAT09MDAT08MDAT07

GND(CORE)MDAT06MDAT05MDAT04

VCC(CORE)MDAT03MDAT02MDAT01MDAT00

GND(AC)/INCS

/INACK/OUTREQ

GND(CORE)/HSYNC

PIDATA0PIDATA1PIDATA2VCC(AC)PIDATA3PIDATA4PIDATA5PIDATA6PIDATA7

/POCS

/PO

RE

QV

CC

(AC

)/P

IWT

/PIA

CK

GN

D(A

C)

/PO

AC

K/P

IRE

QG

ND

(CO

RE

)P

OD

AT

A0

PO

DA

TA

1P

OD

AT

A2

PO

DA

TA

3P

OD

AT

A4

PO

DA

TA

5P

OD

AT

A6

PO

DA

TA

7V

CC

(CO

RE

)/T

RA

NS

ST

/RE

CE

PT

ST

/PR

INT

ST

RA

M_D

AT

A4

RA

M_D

AT

A5

RA

M_D

AT

A6

RA

M_D

AT

A7

GN

D(A

C)

RA

M_D

QM

0R

AM

_WD

EV

CC

(AC

)R

AM

_CA

SR

AM

_RA

SR

AM

_CS

RA

M_B

AN

KS

0R

AM

_BA

NK

S1

VC

C(C

OR

E)

RA

M_M

AD

10R

AM

_MA

D0

RA

M_M

AD

1G

ND

(CO

RE

)R

AM

_MA

D2

RA

M_M

AD

3G

ND

(AC

)M

M_A

I2M

M_A

I1M

M_A

I0M

M_P

H_A

AFE_DB3

MM

_BI2

MM

_BI1

MM

_Y2

VCC(AC)

MM

_Y1

AFE_DB0AFE_DB1

GN

D(C

OR

E)

AFE_DB2

AFE_DB4AFE_DB5

MM

_BI0

MM

_PH

_BV

CC

(CO

RE

)

MM

_Y3

CLPWM

AFE_DB6AFE_DB7GND(AC)AFESCK

VCC(CORE)ADCLK

GND(CORE)AFE_SENCCD_PH1CCD_PH2AFE_SDICCD_CP

BSAMPCCD_RSCCD_TG

VSAMPGND(CORE)

TD0

TRSTDI

TCKTMS

VCC(CORE)

OUTP01A

GN

D(C

OR

E)

RA

M_D

AT

A3

RA

M_D

AT

A2

RA

M_D

AT

A1

RA

M_D

AT

A0

GN

D(A

C)

RA

M_D

AT

A15

RA

M_D

AT

A14

VC

C(C

OR

E)

RA

M_D

AT

A13

RA

M_D

AT

A12

RA

M_D

AT

A11

RA

M_D

AT

A10

RA

M_D

AT

A9

RA

M_D

AT

A8

VC

C(C

OR

E)

RA

M_D

QM

1R

AM

_CK

EG

ND

(AC

)R

AM

_CLK

_OU

TG

ND

(CO

RE

)R

AM

_MA

D12

RA

M_M

AD

11R

AM

_MA

D9

VC

C(C

OR

E)

RA

M_M

AD

8R

AM

_MA

D7

VC

C(A

C)

RA

M_M

AD

6R

AM

_MA

D5

RA

M_M

AD

4G

ND

(AC

)C

PU

DA

TA

15C

PU

DA

TA

14C

PU

DA

TA

13C

PU

DA

TA

12C

PU

DA

TA

11C

PU

DA

TA

10C

PU

DA

TA

9C

PU

DA

TA

8

T13

1

1

T16

6

1

BR

39

10kJ

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T21

6

1

T18

8

1

T12

7

1

C29610p

R37

10J

T24

0

1

T26

5

1

T29

01

T23

5

1

T27

81

T23

1

1

T29

11

T15

3

1

R50 0J

T26

9

1

T21

0

1

T15

8

1

T13

7

1

T12

2

1

T16

4

1

BR

3210

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

L3Z

JSR

5101

-223

R39

33J

T17

7

1

T29

21

BR

28

10Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T19

1

1

T27

41

C310470p

T16

2

1

R28

33J

C380.1u

T22

1

1

T21

8

1

+C

41

47

u/16

V

T24

7

1

T46

6

1

T11

7

1

T46

1

1

T24

9

1

C390.1u

T27

51

BR

44

10kJ

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C30

12p

C670.1u

T14

0

1

T22

9

1

T29

8

1

T47

1

1

C306470p

T13

4

1

T16

7

1

T18

7

1

T17

6

1

T24

1

1

R51

10J

R30

10kJ

T20

9

1

C30110p

C75

15p

T20

0

1

BR

31

33Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T15

7

1

C25

7N

.M.

T16

9

1

T24

5

1

C29

12p

BR

1610

Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

4010

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T13

6

1

T25

5 1

T45

8

1

C29710p

C25

6N

.M.

R36 10

kJ

T24

2

1

T29

51

T18

3

1

C2681000p(1608size)

T14

5

1

C630.1u

T15

1

1

ZD2 UDZS3.9B

T20

1

1

T16

3

1

R35

10kJ

T26

3

1

R29

33J

X2

OS

C-3

148

MH

z

185 4

N.C

.

VC

CO

UT

PU

T

GN

D

T28

81

T15

4

1

BR

41

10kJ

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T21

1

1

T13

0

1

T18

0

1

T27

61

T23

9

1

T14

3

1

T26

8

1

C520.1u

BR

25

10Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T19

9

1

C2692200p

BR

42

10kJ

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T17

4

1

T20

6

1

T14

1 1

T46

7

1

C540.1u

BR

17

10kJ

x4

1234

8765

T12

0

1

T27

71

T46

2

1

T21

7

1

T22

5

1

T47

2

1

C360.1u

T24

4

1

T14

9

1

R45

N.M

.

BR

3710

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C500.1u

T22

0

1

T21

3

1

T20

2

1

C72

12p

C307470p

T27

2

1

BR

43

10kJ

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

56

220J

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R46

10kJ

C73

100p

T23

0

1

R47

10kJ

T28

31

T28

51

C30210p

T16

0

1

BR

3410

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C320.1u

T25

0

1

BR

33

33Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

ZD3 UDZS3.9B

T23

2

1

T15

5

1

R40

33J

T18

2

1

T25

2

1

C303470p

C55

12p

C650.1u

BR

29

33Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R32

10K

J

T25

4

1

BR

30

33Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C29810p

T14

6

1

C530.1u

T13

2

1

T15

0

1

T21

5

1

T18

1

1

T28

01

T25

3 1

BR

2410

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T28

11

T12

5

1

T19

6

1

ZD1 UDZS3.9B

C42

12p

T18

5

1

T23

6

1

T25

6

1

BR

55

220J

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T11

8

1

BR

1910

Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T25

8

1

T26

0

1

T29

41

T46

8

1

T15

9

1

T46

3

1

T12

9

1

T16

5

1

T26

7

1

T12

3

1

T47

3

1

C2702200p

T18

9

1

T26

1

1

C44

12p

T17

2

1

T28

71

T28

2

1

T16

8

1

T12

4

1

T23

7

1

T20

3

1

T26

2

1

C7022000p

T27

1

1

T15

2

1

R52

N.M

.

BR

5322

0Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C490.1u

T13

3 1

T14

7

1

R26

33J

C340.1u

T17

1

1

T22

4

1

T26

4

1

C308470p

BR

20

10Jx

41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T25

1

1

C25

5N

.M.

T21

9

1

R42

10K

J

T19

3 1

BR

38

100J

x4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C29510p T24

8

1

T23

8

1

BR

36

10kJ

x41 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

2310

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

C310.1u

R38

10J

BR

2110

kJx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

BR

22

10Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T22

7 1

T11

9

1

C304470p

C580.1u

T13

8

1

T18

6

1

X3 H

C-4

9U/S

(20

.309

4MH

z)

T17

3

1C29910p

T17

8

1

T24

3

1

T24

6

1

ZD4

UDZS3.9B

T15

6

1

C590.1u

T20

4

1

T46

4

1

C460.1u

T45

9

1

T46

9

1

T25

9

1

T12

1

1

C600.1u

T27

91

BR

35

33Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T14

4

1

R49 0J

R48

33J

T12

8

1

T20

5

1

C56 12

p

T29

7

1

C2671000p(1608size)

BR

5422

0Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

R31

33J

T26

6

1

R27

33J

T29

31

T29

6

1

BR

2610

Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T11

6

1

T23

4 1

R25

33J

T27

0

1

T21

2

1

R43

N.M

.

T13

5

1

T28

61

T22

3

1

T20

7 1

T22

2

1

T22

6

1

C309470p

T22

8

1

T27

3

1

T16

1

1

R34

10kJ

Page 94: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 3 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

3/9

Mem

ory

For

Che

cker

(N

ot M

ount

ed)

For

Che

cker

(Not

Mou

nted

)

(1-C

1)

(1-A

2)

(2-D

3)

Mod

el

SD

RA

MS

DR

AM

2

Ven

dor/

Typ

e

128M

b(2M

x16b

itx4b

ank)

K4S

2816

32D

-1H

(Sam

sung

)

(1-D

3)

256M

b(4M

x16b

itx4b

ank)

K4S

5616

32D

-TC

75(S

amsu

ng)

R62

(*7

)

OP

EN

OJ

OJ

8585

RA

MD

B0

RA

MD

B9

RA

MD

B10

RA

MD

B11

RA

MD

B12

RA

MD

B13

RA

MD

B14

RA

MD

B15

RA

MD

B7

RA

MD

B8

RA

MD

B3

RA

MD

B1

RA

MD

B5

RA

MD

B6

RA

MD

B2

RA

MD

B4

MA

D8

MA

D9

MA

D4

MA

D5

MA

D11

MA

D1

MA

D0

MA

D10

MA

D7

/CS

0CH

K(N

C)

CH

KR

OM

(NC

)

MA

D3

MA

D2

MA

D6

CS

0Z

/CS

1

MA

D12

/HW

R

A1

D15

D14

D0

D7 D

13

D6

D11

D3 D

12D

9

D3

D8

A17

D1

D7

D4

D15

D9

D12

D5

D14

D0

D2

D1 D

10

D4

D6

D11

D10

D13

D8

D5

D2

A13

A10

A11

A15

A11

A4

A10

A17

A6

A15

A1

A1

A2

A12

A19

A13

A8

A8

A7

A4

A14

A13

A15

A4

A0

A12

A17

A14

A7

A6

A5

A9

A10

A3

A6

A14

A11

A9

A2

A3

A16

A18

A17A5

A7

A8

A5

A9

A12

A1

A2

A16

A3

A16

/RD

A[1

9..0

]

/LW

R

/CS

0

MA

D[1

2..0

]

BA

NK

0B

AN

K1

/SD

CS

/SD

WD

E/S

DC

AS

/SD

RA

S

DQ

M0

DQ

M1

SD

CLK

SD

CK

E

D[1

5..0

]

RA

MD

B[1

5..0

]

/CS

1

/CS

1/R

D

RY

/BY

RP

/CS

0

/RD

/HW

R

/HW

R

/RD

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

R54

0J

T30

51

C79

12p

+C

80

22

u/16

V

IC10

LH28

F80

0BJE

252423222120191887654321

48

17

2931333538404244 3032343639414345

9 10 16

46 273713

47 28 26

11 12 14 15

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

A15

A16

A17

DQ

0

DQ

1

DQ

2

DQ

3

DQ

4

DQ

5

DQ

6

DQ

7

DQ

8

DQ

9

DQ

10

DQ

11

DQ

12

DQ

13

DQ

14

DQ

15

NC

NC

NC

GN

D

GN

D

VC

CV

PP

BY

TE

OE

CE

WE

RP

WP

RY

/BY

C84

12p

T30

1

1

R5

7N

.M.

T30

9

1

R58

10kJ

C82

N.M

.

C91

0.1u

C76

0.1u C

81 12p

T2 1

T30

8

1

T30

3

1

T30

0

1

C89

0.1u

T29

9

1

C94

12p

R53

10kJ

C86

0.1u

IC11

IS63

LV10

24L-

12J

-TR

(IS

SI)

61

72

103

114

2213

2314

2615

2716 17 18 19 20 21 29 30

528 12

8 9

31 32

2524

I/O0

A0

I/O1

A1

I/O2

A2

I/O3

A3

I/O4

A4

I/O5

A5

I/O6

A6

I/O7

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

CS

1O

EW

E

VD

D

GN

D

A15

A16

GN

D

VD

D

IC7

NC

7SZ

19

1 3

6 4

25

A E

Y0

Y1

GN

D

VC

C

C78

12p

R63

0J

C88

0.1u

C92

0.1u

T30

7

1

C90

0.1u

R59

0J

R56

0J

R64

0J

C77

0.1u

R62

0J

C93

12p

C85

0.1u

T30

6

1

C28

4

12p

IC8

IS63

LV10

24L-

12J

-TR

(IS

SI)

61

72

103

114

2213

2314

2615

2716 17 18 19 20 21 29 30

528 12

8 9

31 32

2524

I/O0

A0

I/O1

A1

I/O2

A2

I/O3

A3

I/O4

A4

I/O5

A5

I/O6

A6

I/O7

A7

A8

A9

A10

A11

A12

A13

A14

CS

1O

EW

E

VD

D

GN

D

A15

A16

GN

D

VD

D

C83

0.1u

IC9

SD

RA

M

23 24 25 26293031323334

2220

2 4 5 7 8

10 11 134244454748505153

1

27

54 28

9

4143496

12

4652

1539

16 17 18 19373840 36

3

14 2135

A0

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

A9

A10

BA

0

DQ

0

DQ

1D

Q2

DQ

3D

Q4

DQ

5D

Q6

DQ

7D

Q8

DQ

9D

Q10

DQ

11D

Q12

DQ

13D

Q14

DQ

15V

CC

VC

C

VS

S

VS

S

VC

CQ

VS

S

VC

CQ

VC

CQ

VS

SQ

VS

SQ

VS

SQ

VS

SQ

LDQ

MU

DQ

MW

EC

AS

RA

SC

SC

LKE

CLKNC

NC

VC

CQ

VC

C

BA

1A

11

R60

N.M

.

C87

0.1u

T30

21

T1 1

R61

10kJ

T30

41

Page 95: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 4 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

4/9

Dri

ver

(1)

(4-C

4) (4-C

4)

(SE

LIN

1A

)(S

ELI

N2

A)

(SE

LIN

3A

)(O

P_

CLK

)(O

P_D

AT

A)

(OP

_LA

TC

H)

SE

LIN

1S

ELI

N2

SE

LIN

3O

P_C

LKO

P_D

AT

AO

P_L

AT

CH

TM

TM

_(T

M)

(TM

_)

SIN

1

SIN

2

(PD

PX

)

(EP

_SC

L)

TH

OP

EN

DS

WS

SC

AN

4

SC

AN

1S

CA

N2

SC

AN

3

(OP

_ST

RO

BE

)(S

CA

N1)

(SC

AN

2)(S

CA

N3)

(SC

AN

4)

OP

_ST

RO

BE

SIN

3

(CLO

N)

CLO

NS

CL

SC

AN

5S

CA

N6

(SC

AN

5)(S

CA

N6)

FS

OL1

PS

OL1

(FS

OL1

)(P

SO

L1)

(PN

C-a

)

(SP

MT

2)S

PMT

3

SP

FO

N

SP

MT

2/M

IRC

NT

MIR

CN

T

(SP

MT

3)

(SP

MT

0)(S

PM

T1)

SPM

T1

SP

MT

0

MIR

ON

/LE

ND

SH

OLD

SP

FPA

PE

R#

YS

PF

#(S

PF

PA

PE

R#)

(YS

PF

#)K

EY

IN FW

(KE

YIN

)

SIN

2S

IN1

/SY

NC

SIN

3

US

BIN

(/S

YN

C)

(SIN

3)

(SIN

1)

(FW

)

(SIN

2)

(/M

MR

DY

)

/CV

_CO

PY

(SF

TH

P)

GD

IIN/E

SD

TE

/ES

PA

GE

/AU

D/A

UD

_RE

AD

Y

DR

UM

PD

OW

NB

PD

OW

NA

BZ

RLD

EN

(BZ

R)

(PD

OW

NA

)

AP

CS

TT

(PD

OW

NB

)

SE

LIN

1

SE

LIN

3S

ELI

N2

(SE

LIN

2B)

(SE

LIN

3B)

(SE

LIN

1B)

(/V

IDE

O)

PO

FF

(TC

S)

(/P

MR

DY

)D

VS

1

(CP

EM

PT

Y)

(HP

EM

PT

Y)

(CA

SE

TTE

)

(SE

LIN

2A)

(SE

LIN

3A)

(SE

LIN

1A)

(YIN

)

/VID

EO

(PO

UT

)(P

IN)

(US

BIN

)

(/S

PF

CO

VE

R#)

(SP

FO

PE

N#)

(/S

PF

CO

VE

R#)

(SP

FO

PE

N#)

(/S

PF

PO

UT

#)/S

PF

PO

UT

#

SP

FOP

EN

#/S

PF

CO

VE

R#

(PO

FF

)

FSO

L2FS

OL3

PS

OL2

PS

OL3

(FS

OL2

)(F

SO

L3)

(PS

OL2

)(P

SO

L3)

(YS

ELI

N2)

YIN

(YS

ELI

N1)

YS

ELI

N1

(YS

ELI

N1)

(YS

ELI

N2)

Y1#

Y2#

Y3#

YIN

(/V

IDE

O)#

(SE

LIN

1C)

(SE

LIN

3C)

(SE

LIN

2C)

RP

(RP

)(R

P)

(RP

)#

YS

ELI

N2

LPS

EL

(LP

SE

L)C

L(C

L)

5V

5V

VC

C3

5V

5V

5V

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

5V

5V

5V

5V

VC

C3

VC

C3

T35

3

1

C114100p

T47

9

1

T48

5

1

C12

3

0.1u

T34

8

1

C26

6

0.1u

R23

410

kJ

BR

4610

Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T33

91

R67

10kJ

C11

9

0.1u

T33

2

1

T31

3

1

C116100p

R71

10J

IC17

74H

C1

51

4 3 2 115 14 13 12 11 10

9 7

6516 8

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

A B C G

WY

VC

C

GN

D

T48

4

1

C99

0.1u

C10

1

0.1u

BR

5110

kJx4

1234

8765

C110N.M.

IC16

74

VH

CT

244

2 4 6 811 13 15 17

119

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320

10

1A1

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

1G 2G

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

VC

C

GN

D

C12

0

33p

C104100p

T35

71

R20410kJ

T47

7

1

R66

10J R

70

10J

BR

5010

Jx4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

T32

01

IC37

74

VH

CT

244

2 4 6 811 13 15 17

119

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320

10

1A1

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

1G 2G

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

VC

C

GN

D

T49

1

1

C10

2

33p

T31

8 1

T34

4

1

C115100p

R242N.M.

T33

4

1

T36

1

1

T47

4

1

T35

2

1

T34

2

1

C10

0

33p

C12

5

0.1u

T34

7

1

T32

3

1

D38

1SS

133

R69

10kJ

C950.1u

C28

2

0.1u

T33

1

1

T36

3

1

T31

1

1

C107100p

R22

4

N.M

.

C96100p

C117100p

T32

4

1

T41

4

1

IC38

74H

C15

1

4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

6516 8

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

A B C G

WY

VC

C

GN

D

C97100p

T48

1

1

T32

5

1

C113100pC98100p

IC12

74V

HC

T24

4

2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1 19

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320

10

1A1

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

1G 2G

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

VC

C

GN

D

R68

10kJ

T47

8

1

C105100p

T31

4 1

T48

31

IC15

74H

C15

1

4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

6516 8

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

A B C G

WY

VC

C

GN

D

C12

4

0.1u

T35

81

BR

59

10kJ

x4

1234

8765

T35

0

1

T34

6

1

T35

1

1

T33

3

1

T32

6

1

IC20

74LC

X24

4

2 4 6 811 13 15 17

119

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320

10

1A1

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

1G 2G

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

VC

C

GN

D

T33

7

1

C28

1

0.1u

T31

5

1

T33

0

1

BR

4510

kJx4

1234

8765

T41

3

1

T35

6

1

C108100p

C26

5

33p

BR

6010

kJx4

1234

8765

C118100p

T33

6

1

R23610kJ

R22

5

10J

T31

9 1

T49

2

1

T48

6

1

R20310kJ

T32

81

T34

1

1C112100p

T32

11

T49

4

1

C106100p

IC13

74H

C15

1

4 3 2 1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

6516 8

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

A B C G

WY

VC

C

GN

D

IC18

74

VH

CT

244

2 4 6 811 13 15 17

119

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320

10

1A1

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

1G 2G

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

VC

C

GN

D

T47

5

1 T36

0

1

T31

2

1

T34

9

1

T32

7

1

R23

30

J

T35

4

1

T41

2

1

T34

5

1

T34

0

1

T36

2

1

IC19 74

LCX1

6244

2 3 5 6 8 9 11 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 23

43444647 37384041 32333536 26272930

1

2425484 10 15 21 28 34 39 457 18 31 42

O0

O1

O2

O3

O4

O5

O6

O7

O8

O9

O10

O11

O12

O13

O14

O15

I3I2I1I0 I7I6I5I4 I11

I10

I9I8 I15

I14

I13

I12

1OE

4OE

3OE

2OE

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

VC

CV

CC

VC

CV

CC

C12

60.

1u

C2620.1u

T35

5

1

T34

3 1

T32

9

1

C12

2

0.1u

C1030.1u

C109100p

R76

10kJ

T35

91

T31

7 1

C12

10.

1u

IC14

74V

HC

T24

4

2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 1 19

18 16 14 12 9 7 5 320

10

1A1

1A2

1A3

1A4

2A1

2A2

2A3

2A4

1G 2G

1Y1

1Y2

1Y3

1Y4

2Y1

2Y2

2Y3

2Y4

VC

C

GN

D

C1110.1u

T32

2

1

R23

210

0J

T31

6

1

BR

52

10kJ

x4

1234

8765

R72

10kJ

T48

2

1

T33

8

1

T47

6

1

T31

0

1

T48

0

1

T41

1

1

T33

5

1

R74

10kJ

T49

3

1

Page 96: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 5 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

5/9

Dri

ver

(2)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)

(2-C

1)(2

-B1)

(8-A

3)

(9-C

1)(9

-C2)

(9-A

2)(1

-D3)

(8-B

3)

(8-B

4)(9

-A2)

(9-A

4)

(6-A

3)(6

-A3)

(6-A

3)(2

-C1)

(2-C

1)

(2-C

1)

(2-A

2)(2

-A3)

(1-D

3)

(1-A

3)

(4-A

3)

(5-B

2)

(9-C

2)

(2-C

1)(5

-E3)

(2-C

1)(9

-B3)

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

D8

D9

D1

0D

11

D1

2D

13

D1

4D

15

D1

D5

D1

0

D1

4

D0

D9

D4

D1

3

D8

D1

5

D3

D1

2

D7

D2

D1

1

D6

MC

BIA

ST

C/G

RID

L

HP

SO

LP

SR

SO

LV

FM

VF

MC

NT

PM

CLK

PM

DP

R

MM

_Y2

MM

DM

M_Y

1

MM

_Y3

/MC

/BIA

S/T

CG

RID

L

VF

MO

UT

HL

OU

T

PM

CLK

_A

/PM

D

MM

ref1

/MM

D

MM

ref2

MM

ref0

FT

H

RT

H

TH

OP

EN

RT

H_

IN

(PO

FF

)(/

PO

FF

)

AU

D_

PN

CA

UD

_C

OP

YA

UD

_C

A

CV

_C

AC

V_S

TA

RT

CV

_DP

X

CV

_S

IZE

0C

V_

SIZ

E1

CV

_S

IZE

2C

V_

SIZ

E3

AU

D_

PN

C

CV

_DP

X

CV

_S

IZE

1

AU

D_

CO

PY

AU

D_

CA

CV

_C

A

CV

_S

IZE

3C

V_

SIZ

E2

CV

_S

IZE

0

(/A

UD

_C

A)

(/A

UD

_P

NC

)

(/C

V_

SIZ

E0

)

(/A

UD

_CO

PY

)

(/C

V_

SIZ

E2

)

HL

FT

H

CP

SO

L/C

PS

OL

(/C

V_S

TA

RT

)

CV

_C

OU

NT

CV

_ST

AR

T

PS

FM

OU

T

/PS

FM

CN

T

/VF

MC

NT

PS

FM

CN

TP

SF

M

(TC

CN

T)

/DH

RO

FF

DH

RO

FF

SC

AN

1

CV

_C

OU

NT

/CS

3

/CS

4

D[1

5..0

]

/OB

EN

/HW

R

/LW

R

/HW

R

/LW

R

D[1

5..0

]

SC

AN

2S

CA

N3

SC

AN

4S

CA

N5

SC

AN

6

/OB

EN

DH

RO

FF

TC

CN

T

SJM

T1

SJM

T2

SJM

T0

AU

D_

PN

C

(/A

UD

_P

NC

)

(/A

UD

_TC

)

(ON

L)

ON

L

(PS

L)P

SL

(/C

V_

SIZ

E1

)

(/C

V_

SIZ

E3

)

(/C

V_

CA

)(/

CV

_D

PX

)

(/C

V_

CO

UN

T)

/PS

RS

OL

/HP

SO

L

/PR

SJM

T3

YS

ELI

N1

YS

ELI

N2

FS

OL2

FS

OL3

PS

OL2

PS

OL3

LPS

EL

PG

ND

24V

24V

24V

24V

VC

C3

VC

C3

24V

VC

C3

VC

C3

5V

24V

PG

ND

24V

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

VC

C3

24V

24V

24V

PG

ND

24V

24V

VC

C3

INT

5V

PG

ND

PG

ND

R1

001

.5kJ

R7

81

.5kJ

T39

4 1

T39

7

1

T41

91

R9

42

40

J

R1

16

1kJ

R9

51

.5kJ

T40

6

1

T36

7

1

BR

62N

.M.

1234

8765

T38

4 1

IC2

1

KID

65

00

1A

F o

r T

D62

001

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891

61

51

41

31

21

11

0

1B

2B

3B

4B

5B

6B

7B

EC

OM1C

2C

3C

4C

5C

6C

7C

T41

0 1

T41

6 1

T38

2

1

T40

71

T40

3

1

T42

5 1

Q1

KT

A15

05S

2

1 3

T37

5

1

T39

5

1

T38

0

1

R8

31

.5kJ

R8

01

.5kJ

T39

0

1

C1

33

0.1

u

R9

21

.5kJ

D3

7

1SS

133

T41

81

D3

6

1SS

133

IC2

6

KID

65

50

3F

or

TD

6250

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891

61

51

41

31

21

11

0

1B

2B

3B

4B

5B

6B

7B

GN

C

1C

2C

3C

4C

5C

6C

7C

R1

041

.5kJ

R8

11

.5kJ

T38

9

1

+ -

IC2

3B

KIA

39

3F

-EL

5 67

8 4

T42

1

1

T38

7

1

R8

21

.5kJ

T40

8 1

R8

87

.5kF

Q3

2SB

1197

K2

1 3

T38

1

1

IC3

0

LCX

1637

4

47

46

44

43

41

40

38

36

35

33

32

30

29

27

26

48

25 1

24

37

2 3 5 6 8 9 11

12

13

14

16

17

19

20

22

23

7 18

31

42

10

15

21

28

34

39

45

4

1D

11

D2

1D

31

D4

1D

51

D6

1D

7

2D

12

D2

2D

32

D4

2D

52

D6

2D

72

D8

1C

K2

CK

1G

2G

1D

8

1Q

11

Q2

1Q

31

Q4

1Q

51

Q6

1Q

71

Q8

2Q

12

Q2

2Q

32

Q4

2Q

52

Q6

2Q

72

Q8

VC

CV

CC

VC

CV

CC

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

GN

D

+ -

IC2

7B

KIA

35

8F-E

L

5 67

8 4

T40

0

1

R9

91

.5kJ

R1

13

1.2

kF

R9

82

.7kF

R1

02

4.7

kJ 1

/4W

T36

6

1

T42

4

1 C3

13

1000

p

C1

41

0.1

u

R8

4

4.7

kJ 1

/4W

R1

15

10

kF

R1

01

47

kJ

R1

18

10

kJ

T37

11

T40

4

1

IC2

9C

74LC

X32

9

10

8

14 7

R7

71

.5kJ

IC2

2

KID

65

50

3F

or

TD

6250

3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891

61

51

41

31

21

11

0

1B

2B

3B

4B

5B

6B

7B

GN

C

1C

2C

3C

4C

5C

6C

7C

C1

34

0.1

uC

311

1000

p

R1

051

.5kJ

IC2

9A

74LC

X32

1 23

14 7

D3DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

T40

5

1

R1

14

10

kJ

C1

38

0.1

u

D2

MA

700

R1

034

.7kJ

1/4

W

R1

061

.5kJ

C1

36

2200

0p

T37

3

1

C1

35

0.1

u

R8

71M

F

C1

31

0.1

u

R1

093

00J

T39

1

1

IC2

9B

74LC

X32

4 56

14 7

D6

DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

T40

1 1

T38

51

R1

17

30

0J

T37

0

1

R8

61

kF

R1

071

.5kJ

R1

101

00

J

T39

2

1

R9

01

.5kJ

C1

29

0.1

uR

108

1.5

kJ

C3

14

1000

p

T36

4

1

T42

2

1

R9

71

0kF

T41

5 1

BR

61

10

kJx4

1234

8765

C1

2822

000p

Q4 U

PA

502T

T37

7

1

C3

12

1000

p

R1

111

.5kJ

T42

3 1

T41

7

1

IC2

5

KID

65

00

1A

F o

r T

D62

001

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891

61

51

41

31

21

11

0

1B

2B

3B

4B

5B

6B

7B

EC

OM1C

2C

3C

4C

5C

6C

7C

T37

4 1

T37

8 1

R9

61

.5kJ

T39

8

1

R1

121

.5kJ

T38

3 1

C1

37

N.M

.

T36

5 1

C1

27

0.1

u/5

0V

+ -

IC2

7A

KIA

35

8F

-EL

3 21

8 4

T37

2

1

T39

9

1

T37

9 1

T40

2

1

C1

39

0.1

u

IC2

8

LCX

1637

4

47

46

44

43

41

40

38

36

35

33

32

30

29

27

26

48

25 1

24

37

2 3 5 6 8 9 11

12

13

14

16

17

19

20

22

23

7 18

31

42

10

15

21

28

34

39

45

4

1D

11

D2

1D

31

D4

1D

51

D6

1D

7

2D

12

D2

2D

32

D4

2D

52

D6

2D

72

D8

1C

K2

CK

1G

2G

1D

8

1Q

11

Q2

1Q

31

Q4

1Q

51

Q6

1Q

71

Q8

2Q

12

Q2

2Q

32

Q4

2Q

52

Q6

2Q

72

Q8

VC

CV

CC

VC

CV

CC

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

DG

ND

GN

D

GN

D

C1

30

0.1

u/5

0V

+ -

IC2

3A

KIA

39

3F-E

L

3 21

8 4

D4

DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

T42

01

IC2

4

KID

65

00

1A

F o

r T

D62

001

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891

61

51

41

31

21

11

0

1B

2B

3B

4B

5B

6B

7B

EC

OM1C

2C

3C

4C

5C

6C

7C

R7

9

47

kJ

IC2

9D

74LC

X32

12

13

11

14 7

R8

51

.5kJ

D1

1SS

355

D5

KD

S22

61 2

3

T37

6

1

Q2

KR

A11

9S

1

2

3

T36

8

1

T40

9

1

C1

40

0.1

u

T38

8

1

R8

91

kJ

T39

6 1

R9

11

.5kJ

T39

3

1

T36

9 1

T38

6

1

C1

32

0.1

u

R9

32

40

J

Page 97: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 6 –

(8-C

3)(8

-C3)

(8-C

3)(8

-C3)

(2-A

3)(2

-A3)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

3)

(2-A

3)(2

-A3)

(5-C

1)(5

-C1)

(5-C

1)

(4-D

3)

(4-D

3)

(9-A

1)

(9-A

1)

FO

R D

UP

MO

DE

L O

NLY

FO

R S

RU

MO

DE

L O

NLY

MM

_PH

_A

OU

T_A

-

MM

_AI0

MM

_PH

_B

MM

_BI0

MM

_BI1

MM

_AI1

OU

T_A

+

OU

T_B

-

MM

ref0

MM

ref1

MM

ref2

OU

T_B

+

(EP

_SD

A)

DE

VD

IR

SD

A

(TM

_)

(TM

)

TM

A_O

TM

B_O

DM

T1

/DM

T_3

DM

T2

/DM

T_0

/DM

T_1

DM

T0

/DM

T_2

DM

T3

5V

EN

5V

EN

/AS

IC_

RS

T

DE

VD

IR

SD

A(E

P_S

DA

)

5V

EN

5V

24V

M

24V

5V

24V

M

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

24V

dup

VC

C3

5V

PG

ND

24V

dup

24V

VC

C3

C1

460

.1u

R1

21

1.5

kJ

T43

61

C1

550

.1u

T45

11

C3

150

.1u

T42

81

R1

19

0.6

8J

1W

T43

81

C1

4782

0p

T42

91

R2

37N

P(4

7k)

IC3

1

74LV

X42

45F

S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91

0

11

12

23

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

24

VC

CA

DIR

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

GN

DG

ND

VC

CB

GN

DB8

B7

B6

B5

B4

B3

B2

B1G

VC

CB

R2

38

NP

(47

k)

T44

5

1

T44

81

R1

22

1.5

kJ

R1

243

0kJ

R2

40 NP

(0)

R1

32

47

KJ

T42

6

1

R1

33

47

KJ

C1

53

0.1

u

C1

4982

0p

R1

20

0.6

8J

1W

IC3

4

TA

7291

AS

2 9 1 53786 4

VD

D

IN1

IN2

VS

SO

UT

2

OU

T1

VC

C2

VC

C1

N.C

R1

231

kF

T43

7

1

C1

4882

0p

R1

25

30

kJ

C1

430

.1u

T44

3 1

T43

41

C1

5082

0p

+C

142

47

u/35

V

CP

2

06

03

FA

1.5A

T43

51

C1

44

0.1

u

C1

450

.1u

R1

289

10F

T44

2 1

T45

01

+C

151

10

u/16

V

R1

273

kF

CP

10

60

3F

A1.

5A

+C

15

41

0u

/35V

C1

520

.1u

R1

26

13

kF

T44

11

CP

3

06

03

FA

1.5A

T44

71

T43

21

T42

71

T43

31

T45

21

R2

41N

P(0

)

IC3

3

TD

6206

4AF

3 4 5 61

01

11

21

3

17

2 7 9 16

1 81

8

14

15

I1 NC

NC

I2 NC

I3 NC

NC

GN

D

O1

O2

O3

O4

CO

MC

OM

GN

D

I4 NC

IC3

2

L621

9DS

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91

01

11

21

31

41

51

61

71

81

92

02

12

22

32

41

OU

T 2

AS

EN

SE

2C

OM

P 2

OU

T 2

BG

ND

GN

DI0

2I1

2P

HA

SE

2V

RE

F 2

RC

2V

SS

RC

1V

RE

F 1

PH

AS

E 1I11

GN

DG

ND

I01

OU

T 1

BC

OM

P 1

SE

NS

E 1VS

OU

T 1

A

T49

5 1T

439

1

T44

91

T43

01

IC3

9

TC

7S

BD

385A

FU

12 3

45

AB

GN

DO

EV

CC

T44

01

T49

6

1

T43

11

D1

1

MT

J22B

T44

6 1

T44

4

1

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

6/9

Dri

ver

(3)

Page 98: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 7 –

(8-B

4)

(8-B

4)(8

-A4)

(9-A

3)

(4-A

3)

3.3

VIN

5V

IN

DS

WS

24

V1(

DS

WS

)

DV

SE

LT

CS

/MM

RD

Y(/

MM

RD

Y)

(TC

S)

24

VIN

/PM

RD

Y(/

PM

RD

Y)

(SF

TH

P)

SF

TH

P

HP

EM

PT

YC

AS

ET

TE

Y1

SP

FP

AP

ER

YS

PF

DV

S1

YS

PF

#S

PF

PA

PE

R#

Y1#

(CA

SE

TT

E)

(HP

EM

PT

Y)

(PS

W)

(MH

PS

)P

SW

MH

PS P

OU

T

CP

EM

PT

Y

PD

PX

PIN

(CP

EM

PT

Y)

(PD

PX

)(P

OU

T)

(PIN

)

/SP

FC

OV

ER

SP

FO

PE

N/S

PF

PO

UT

/SP

FC

OV

ER

#S

PF

OP

EN

#/S

PF

PO

UT

#

Y2#

Y3#

Y2

Y3

VC

C3

5V

PG

ND

PG

ND

5V

INT

24V

VC

C3

PG

ND

24V

PG

ND

INT

24V

INT

5V

VC

C3

VC

C3

5V

C1

72

0.1

u

R1

60

20

kJ

R1

40

0.2

2J

2W

C2

20

1000

p

C1

90

0.1

u

R1

61

20

kJ

C2

58

1000

p

R2

181

kJ

C1

73

0.1

u

R2

212

0kJ

C2

03

1000

p

C2

13

1000

p

C1

91

0.1

u

R1

64

20

kJ

L7 ZJS

R5

101

-223

C2

14

1000

p

C2

08

1000

p

R2

231

kJ

C1

74

0.1

u

R1

441

0kJ

C1

87

0.1

u

C1

92

0.1

u

C2

15

1000

p

R1

41

1kJ

/2W

R1

701

kJ

R1

781

kJ

C2

02

1000

p

C2

18

1000

p

R1

48

13

0J

2W

C1

60

0.1

u

C2

16

1000

p

C1

75

0.1

u

R1

461

kJ

C1

93

0.1

u

C2

60

1000

p

C2

05

1000

p

R2

162

0kJ

R1

751

kJ

C1

76

0.1

u

T45

61

C1

94

0.1

u

C1

97

1000

p

R1

731

kJ

+C

222

22

u/1

6V

+C

20

6

47

u/3

5V

C1

61

0.1

u

D1

61S

S35

5

C2

19

1000

p

C2

63

1000

p

C1

77

0.1

u

IC3

5

KIA

7805

1

2

3IN

GN

DOU

T

C2

24

0.1

u

C1

95

0.1

u

C1

98

1000

p

R1

51

10

J

C2

23

0.1

u

C1

78

0.1

u

D1

3K

DS

226

1 23

C1

96

0.1

u

C1

62

0.1

u

R2

171

kJ

+C

22

1

22

u/1

6V

C2

01

0.1

u

R1

49

10

J

C1

79

0.1

u

R1

43

10

kJ

+C

20

0

47

u/3

5V

R2

152

0kJ

R1

471

kJ

C1

63

0.1

u

C1

80

0.1

u

R1

552

0kJ

R1

451

kJ

C2

12

1000

p

R1

421

0kJ

R1

57

20

kJ

C1

81

0.1

u

C1

71

0.1

u

R1

681

kJ

C1

65

0.1

u

D1

41S

S35

5

R1

741

kJ

C1

64

0.1

u

T45

71

R1

54

20

kJ

C2

07

0.1

u/5

0V

D1

51S

S35

5

C1

82

0.1

u

L6 ZJS

R5

101

-223

C1

66

0.1

u

R1

671

kJ

C2

04

1000

p

C2

64

1000

p

R1

711

kJ

C2

17

1000

p

C1

99

1000

p

R2

191

kJ

C1

67

0.1

u

R2

142

0kJ

R1

622

0kJ

R2

202

0kJ

R1

761

kJ

C2

10

1000

p

R2

221

kJ

C1

84

0.1

u

C1

68

0.1

u

R1

652

0kJ

R1

50

10

J

C1

85

0.1

u

T45

3 1

C2

59

1000

p

C1

69

0.1

u

R1

56

20

kJ

T45

41

C1

86

0.1

u

C2

11

1000

p

C1

70

0.1

u

R1

661

kJ

R1

392

.7kJ

C1

83

0.1

u

C1

88

0.1

u

R1

37

20

kJ

R1

582

0kJ

C2

09

1000

p

R1

691

kJ

T45

51

R1

521

0J

R1

771

kJ

R1

38

20

kJ

R1

592

0kJ

R1

53

20

kJ

R1

721

kJ

C1

89

0.1

u

L5 ZJS

R5

10

1-22

3

R1

63

20

kJ

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

7/9

No

ise

filt

er/P

ull-

up

Page 99: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 8 –

To

Pow

er u

nit

To

Sca

nner

uni

t

To

Inte

rfac

e P

WB

To

Ope

ratio

nal P

WB

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(5-C

4)(5

-C4)

(5-C

1)

(5-C

3)(5

-D2)

(7-A

1)(7

-A2)

(7-A

2)

(7-B

1)

(4-C

4)

(8-D

3)-B

2)

(8-A

4)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

2)

(2-B

3)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

4)

(2-B

4)(2

-B4)

(2-B

4)

(2-D

1)

For

che

cker

(1-D

3)

(2-D

1)(2

-C4)

(1-B

3)(1

-B3)

For

deb

ug

Not m

ounte

d

(1-B

1)

For

JT

AG

(2-D

1)

To

SP

F U

NT

O C

OP

Y L

AM

P

TO

SC

AN

NE

R H

P S

EN

SO

R

To

Mirr

or m

otor

24V

5V

5V

EN

3.3

V

DG

ND

PG

ND

12V

(1-B

3)

To

Dup

lex

mot

or

A B /A /B

/B /A B A

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

(4-A

3)

(2-D

2)(2

-D2)

(2-D

1)(2

-D1)

TO

LS

U U

NIT

AF

E_

DB

7

AF

E_

DB

3

AF

E_

DB

6

AF

E_

DB

2A

FE

_D

B4

AF

E_

DB

5

AF

E_

DB

1A

FE

_D

B0

PA

RA

D3

PA

RA

D2

PA

RA

D6

PA

RA

D1

PA

RA

D5

PA

RA

D0

PA

RA

D7

PA

RA

D4

/BIA

S

5V

IN

FW

24

VIN

GR

IDL

/PR

PS

W

AF

E_

DB

[7..

0]

AF

E_

SC

KA

DC

LK

CC

D_

PH

I1C

CD

_P

HI2

CC

D_

CP

CC

D_

RS

CC

D_

TG

AF

E_

SE

N

BS

AM

P

VS

AM

P

5V

EN

PA

RA

D[7

..0

]V

MIN

VP

INR

CV

VP

OU

TV

MO

UT

SU

SP

EN

D

OE

N

/TC

(/P

OF

F)

HL

OU

T

3.3

VIN

24

VIN

/MC

5V

EN

US

BIN

D_

CO

NT

KE

YIN

JTG

_TD

O

SD

A

JTG

_TC

K

CP

UN

RS

T

JTG

_TM

SJT

G_T

DI

TxD

1

SC

L

(SP

MT

3)

(SP

MT

2)(S

PM

T1)

(SP

MT

0)

AP

CS

TT

/PM

D

SH

OL

D

/PM

RD

YP

MC

LK_A

(/V

IDE

O)#

/SY

NC

(PD

OW

NB

)

(CL

ON

)

MH

PS

OU

T_B

+

OU

T_B

-

OU

T_A

+

OU

T_A

-

/PS

FM

CN

TP

SF

MO

UT

AF

E_

SD

I

(SE

LIN

1B

)

(SE

LIN

3B

)

(SE

LIN

2B

)

(TC

CN

T)

/DM

T_0

/DM

T_3

/DM

T_2

/DM

T_1

SP

FO

PE

N

SP

FP

AP

ER

YS

PF

(CL)

MO

DE

/SP

FC

OV

ER

/SP

FP

OU

T

(ON

L)

(OP

_ST

RO

BE

)(O

P_D

AT

A)

(OP

_LA

TC

H)

(OP

_CLK

) (SC

AN

1)

(SC

AN

2)

(SC

AN

3)

(SC

AN

4)

(SC

AN

5)

(SC

AN

6)

(BZ

R)

5VEN

(PS

L) (SE

LIN

2A

)(S

EL

IN1

A)

(SE

LIN

3A

)

/RE

V

PE

/INIT

/SLC

TIN

/AC

K/F

AU

LT

BU

SY

GD

IIN

SLC

T

/AU

TO

FD

/ST

B

(LP

SE

L)

SP

FR

SO

LS

PF

CL

H

SP

FG

SO

LS

PF

PS

OL

(PD

OW

NA

)

PG

ND

PG

ND

INT

24V

5V

VC

C3

VC

C3

12V

VC

C3

5V

5V5V

5V

VC

C3

5V

5V

5V

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

INT

5V

24V

24V

24V

24V

dup

5V

VC

C3

24V

24V5V

EN

5V

C237N.M.

D19DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

CN

9

SU

B-D

25

13

25

12

24

11

23

10

229

218

207

196

185

174

163

152

141

C253N.M.

CN

7

9204

B-2

-10

1 3 5 7 9

2 4 6 81

0

BR

63

10

0Jx

4

1 2 3 4

8 7 6 5

CN

1

24

FM

N-B

TR

K

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91

01

11

21

31

41

51

61

71

81

92

02

12

22

32

4

C276N.M.

R1

84

10

kJR

183

10

kJ

C2

25

100p

CP

60

60

3F

A1.

5AR

18

51

0kJ

J5 5m

m-P

itch

12

J8 5m

m-P

itch

12

C279N.M.

J1 5m

m-P

itch

12

CN

4

35

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

IC3

6

KIA

7812

1

2

3IN

GN

DOU

T

C2

44

0.1

u/5

0V

C236N.M.

CN

10

B3

B-P

H-K

-R(R

D)

1 2 3

C2

30

N.M

.

D23DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

C2

31

0.1

u

CN

6

TE

ST

PA

D

1 2 3 4

C277N.M.

C2

27

1000

p

D31DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

C2

42

N.M

.

C280N.M.

D2

1K

DS

226

1 23

D3

5

KD

S22

6

1 23

R18010kJ

CN

11

B6

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3 4 5 6

J2 5m

m-P

itch

12

+C

24

0

47

u/35

V

C235N.M.C

P4

06

03

FA

1.5A R

21

1

N.M

.

ZD5 UDZS5.6B

R205

470J

C2

34

0.1

u

CP

50

60

3F

A1.

5A

C274N.M.

C239N.M.

C254N.M.

R2

120

J

D32DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

J6 5m

m-P

itch

12

C273N.M.

CN

8

04

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

1234

C2

29

0.047u/50V

D18DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

R186

470J

C2

26

N.M

.

R1

791

kJ

C238N.M.

CN

3

B2

6B

-PH

DS

S

1 3 5 7 9 11

13

15

17

19

21

23

2 4 6 81

01

21

41

61

82

02

22

42

52

6

D1

7K

DS

226

1 23

CN

2

B1

2B

-PH

DS

S

1 5 9

2 63 7 1

1

4 81

01

2

R1

821

kJ

C275N.M.

C2

43

N.M

.

CN

13 B5

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3 4 5

C2

32

0.1

u

CN

5

FF

4-3

2-S

15D

3

135791

11

31

51

71

92

12

32

52

72

93

1

246810

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

D2

01S

S35

5

J3 5m

m-P

itch

12

J4 5m

m-P

itch

12

C2

33

0.1

u

C278N.M.

C2

41

0.1

u

CN

12 B4

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3 4

J7 5m

m-P

itch

12

R1

81 1kJ

D22DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

8/9

Co

nn

ecto

r (1

)

Page 100: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 9 –

TO

CO

IN V

EN

DE

R

TO

INT

ER

NA

L C

OO

LIN

G F

AN

TO

TO

NE

R M

OT

OR

TO

PS

RO

LLE

R S

OLE

NO

ID

TO

DP

X/P

aper

OU

T S

EN

SO

R

TO

CA

SE

TT

E P

ICK

UP

SO

LEN

OID

TO

HA

ND

PA

PE

R E

MP

TY

SE

NS

OR

TO

PA

PE

R IN

SE

NS

OR

TO

CA

SE

TT

E P

AP

ER

EM

PT

Y S

EN

SO

R

TO

TH

ER

MIS

TE

R

TO

DE

HU

MID

IFY

HE

AR

TE

R

TO

CA

SE

TT

E S

WIT

CH

SE

NS

OR

TO

AU

DIT

OR

TO

TR

AY

PW

B

TO

DE

V U

NIT

TO

SID

E C

OV

ER

/FR

ON

T C

OV

ER

SW

ITC

H

TO

HA

ND

PA

PE

R P

ICK

UP

SO

LEN

OID

To

MA

IN m

otor

To

IMC

2

TO

OP

TIO

N C

AS

ET

TE

TO

SR

U(C

RU

M)

UN

IT

TO

DR

UM

INIT

AL

SW

<CR

U O

NLY

>

<CR

U O

NLY

><S

RU

ON

LY>

<SH

IFT

ER

MO

DE

L O

NLY

>

<NO

N S

HIF

TE

R M

OD

EL

>

TO

INT

ER

NA

L C

OO

LIN

G F

AN

SF

TD

A

SF

TD

B

/SF

TD

A

/SF

TD

B

PID

AT

A1

PID

AT

A7

PID

AT

A0

PO

DA

TA

4

PO

DA

TA

0

PID

AT

A4

PO

DA

TA

3

PO

DA

TA

5

PO

DA

TA

7

PID

AT

A5

PID

AT

A2

PID

AT

A3

PO

DA

TA

2P

OD

AT

A1

PO

DA

TA

6P

IDA

TA

6

(/A

UD

_C

A)

/AU

D_

RE

AD

Y

PO

UT

(/C

V_

SIZ

E2

)

DV

SE

L

(/C

V_

SIZ

E1

)

TM

B_O

/AU

D

(/A

UD

_P

NC

)

(/C

V_

SIZ

E0

)

(EP

_SC

L)

(/C

V_

CA

)

/PS

RS

OL

CP

EM

PT

Y

/CP

SO

L

PD

PX

(/C

V_

DP

X)

(/C

V_

CO

UN

T)

(/A

UD

_CO

PY

)

PIN

RT

H_

IN

/DH

RO

FF

TC

S

(/C

V_S

TA

RT

)

(/C

V_

SIZ

E3

)

HP

EM

PT

Y

TM

A_O

/CV

_CO

PY

CA

SE

TT

E

/MM

RD

Y/M

MD

(EP

_SD

A)

24

V1(

DS

WS

)

(SE

LIN

2C

)

(FS

OL1

)

(SE

LIN

3C

)(S

EL

IN1

C)

/HP

SO

L

DR

UM

(/A

UD

_TC

)

(PN

C-a

)

Y1

/PIA

CK

/ES

PA

GE

/PIW

R

/PIR

EQ

PO

DA

TA

[7..

0]

/RE

AD

Y

ES

CM

D/E

SS

RD

Y

PID

AT

A[7

..0]

/ES

CR

DY

/PO

CS

/PR

LIN

E

/HS

YN

C/S

CL

INE

/ES

DE

T

ES

ST

S

/OP

_RS

T

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

SJM

T3

SJM

T0

SJM

T1

SJM

T2

SF

TH

P

/PO

AC

K/P

OR

EQ

(FS

OL2

)(F

SO

L3)

(PS

OL1

)(P

SO

L2)

(PS

OL3

)

Y2

Y3

24V

5V

5V

5V

5V

INT

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V

5V5V

INT

5V

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

PG

ND

VC

C3

24V

24V 24

V

24V

24V

24V

24V

24V

24V

5V5V

5V

24V

PG

ND

24V

VC

C3

PG

ND

PG

ND

INT

24V

PG

ND

VC

C3

5V

C2

52

N.M

.

C2

48

0.1

u

R196N.M.

R207470J

R19710kJ

CN

25

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3

CN

19

B6

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3 4 5 6

R191

470J

R208470J

C3

17

33p

D3

0K

DS

226

1 23

D26DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

C2

47

0.1

u

R192

470J

D34

DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

CN

36

B2

0B

-PH

DS

S-B

1 3 5 7 9 11

13

15

17

19

2 4 6 81

01

21

41

61

82

0

R20020kJ

D29DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

D2

4K

DS

226

1 23

CN

20

B3

B-P

H-K

-R(R

D)

1 2 3

R19510J

R210

470J

R188

470J

CN

14

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3

R209470J

CN

16

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3

D27DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

R193

20kJ

CN

21

B2B

-XH

-A-B

K

1 2

C3

20

33p

D28DAP202U or KDS120

1

23

CN

18

B3

B-P

H-K

-BK

1 2 3

D33DAN202U or KDS121

1

23

D2

5K

DS

226

1 23

CN

27

B4

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3 4

C3

19

33p

CN

28

B3

P-V

H

1 2 3

C2

49

1000

p

CN

23

B2B

-XH

-A-R

(RD

)

1 2

CN

30

B2

P-V

H

1 2

C2

45

0.1

u

C2

51

N.M

.

CP

90

60

3F

A1.

5A

CN

17

B4

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3 4

CN

37

1-17

1925

-2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12

CN

33

22

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91

01

11

21

31

41

51

61

71

81

92

02

12

2

R189

470J

C2

50

100p

R1

98

30

0J

R1

99

30

0J

CN

26

13

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

13

11

12

CN

31

B3

B-P

H-K

-BK

1 2 3

R206470JC

N3

5

B1

3B

-PH

-K-S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91

01

11

21

3

R190470J

CN

29

B4

B-P

H-K

-BK

1 2 3 4

C2

46

0.1

u

CN

32

B4

B-P

H-K

-R(R

D)

1 2 3 4

CN

22

B2B

-XH

-A-S

1 2

CN

24

08

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

12345678

C3

18

33p

C3

16

33p

R194N.M.

CN

15

B3

B-P

H-K

-S

1 2 3

C3

21

33p

CN

34

22

FE

-BT

-VK

-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

9/9

Co

nn

ecto

r (2

)

Page 101: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 10 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/3

2. L

OW

VO

LT

AG

E P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LY

100V

AC

(85

- 1

27V

)

Page 102: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 11 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

2/3

120V

AC

(10

2 -

140V

)

Page 103: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 12 –

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

3/3

220-

240V

AC

(18

7 -

276V

)

Page 104: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 13 –

714

SH

0

SH

2

SH

3

SH

1

CC

D-R

S

CC

D-P

HI1

CC

D-P

HI2

CC

D-C

P

CC

D-T

G

MO

DE

RO

UT

GO

UT

CC

D-D

6

CC

D-D

7

CC

D-D

5

CC

D-D

4

BO

UT

bsm

p

vsm

p

AD

CLK

RO

UT

GO

UT

BO

UT

afes

enaf

esck

afes

di

CC

D-P

HI2

CC

D-C

P

MO

DE

CC

D-T

G

CC

D-D

0

CC

D-R

S

CC

D-D

2

CC

D-D

5

CC

D-D

1

CC

D-P

HI1

CC

D-D

7C

CD

-D6

CC

D-D

4

afes

di

vsm

p

afes

enbsm

p

CC

D-D

3

CC

D-D

2

CC

D-D

1

CC

D-D

3

CC

D-D

0

afes

ck

AD

CLK

DV

5

A12

V

DV

3.3

DV

5

DV

5

A12

V

A12

V

A12

V

A12

V

12V

DV

5

3.3V

5VE

N

DV

5

AD

D5V

AD

D5V

DV

3.3

L3 ZJS

R51

01-2

23

IC10

4B

74V

HC

T04

MT

C

34

C10

30.

1uF

R10

2

100k

J

R12

7

100J

R11

110

J

IC10

4D 74V

HC

T04

MT

C

98

C13

0

0.1u

F

C13

4

0.1u

F

C14

10.

1uF

TP

145

NC

1.

IC10

2D

74V

HC

T00

12 1311

+C5

22uF

/16V

R10

510

0kJ

C12

547

pF

R12

2 33J

R14

02K

J

TP

113

B-O

UT

1.

C11

7

220p

TP

110

D2

1.

Q10

32N

3906

U

+

C3

22uF

/16V

C12

0

220p

R12

0

100k

J

IC10

4F 74V

HC

T04

MT

C

1312

14 7

TP

144

TG

2

1.

TP

104

bsm

p

1.

C14

40.

1uF

C11

3

220p

TP

118

AF

ES

DI

1.

C11

10.

1uF

+

C6

22uF

/16V

R15

010

0J

C12

847

pF

R11

433

J

C10

20.

1uF

IC10

3E

74A

CT

04M

TC

1110

TP

17F

2A1

1.

R14

510

0J

+C4

22uF

/16V

TP

42D

6

1.

TP

124

F1

1.

C11

80.

1uF

IC10

4E

74V

HC

T04

MT

C

1110

R10

1

100k

J

TP

133

OS

-G

1.

R13

7N.M

R15

110

0J

R15

510

J

TP

116

AF

ES

EN

1.

C13

6

0.1u

F

C11

60.

1uF

R13

133

J

R14

22K

J

TP

139

F2A

2

1.

R10

610

0kJ

C12

747

pF

C10

810

0p

R15

233

J

TP

43D

5

1.

R12

8 33J

R13

033

J

TP

142

TG

1

1.

R14

810

0J

C11

20.

1uF

R13

9N

.MR

104

100k

J

+C8

22uF

/16V

Q10

22N

3906

U

TP

140

F1A

2

1.

R15

9N

.M

R10

9 33J

TP

115

R-O

UT

1.

TP

106

D7

1.

R10

8

100J

TP

108

D4

1.

TP

121

F2A

3

1.

IC10

3C

74A

CT

04M

TC

56

14 7

C13

90.

1uF

C13

50.

1uF

R14

310

0J

C12

647

pF

TP

102

AD

CLK

1.

C10

10.

01uF

+C7

22uF

/16V

R11

7

100J

TP

126

MO

DE

1.

R12

4

100J

TP

136

CP

1.

TP

117

AF

ES

CK

1.

+C

1

22uF

/16V

R10

3

100k

J

TP

127

MO

1.

TP

129

CP

1.

R15

633

J

R13

6N

.M

TP

109

D3

1.

C10

60.

1uF

C13

70.

1uF

TP

134

RO

UT

1.

TP

138

F1A

3

1.

C14

00.

1uF

R14

9N

.M

TP

141

TG

0

1.

IC10

3B

74A

CT

04M

TC

34

C12

347

pF

C10

910

0p

TP

135

RS

1.

R11

033

J

TP

111

D1

1.

IC10

2B

74V

HC

T00

4 56

IC10

3D

74A

CT

04M

TC

98

CN

1

FE

4-32

-S15

D3

30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2

29 27 25 23 21 19 17 15 13 11 9 7 5 3 1

3231

12V

DG

ND

DV

3.3

VS

AM

P

DG

ND

BS

AM

P

AF

ES

DI

DG

ND

AF

ES

EN

DG

ND

AF

E-D

B7

AF

E-D

B5

AF

E-D

B3

AF

E-D

B1

MO

DE

12V

DV

5

DG

ND

CC

D-T

G

CC

D-R

S

CC

D-C

P

CC

D-P

HI2

CC

D-P

HI1

AD

CLK

AF

ES

CK

AF

E-D

B6

AF

E-D

B4

AF

E-D

B2

AF

E-D

B0

DG

ND

DG

ND

DG

ND

TP

131

OS

-B

1.

R14

7N

.M

C10

40.

1uF

C14

30.

1uF

R10

7

100k

J

IC10

1

AD

9826

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 141516171819202122232425262728

CD

SC

LK1

CD

SC

LK2

AD

CC

LK

EN

AB

LE-

DV

DD

DG

ND

D7

D6

D5

D4

D3

D2

D1

D0

SD

AT

A

SC

LK

SLO

AD

AV

DD

AG

ND

CA

PB

CA

PT

VI-

B

CM

L

VI-

G

OF

FS

ET

VI-

R

AG

ND

AV

DD

R13

5N

.M

R12

1

100k

J

+C

2 22uF

/25V

IC10

4A

74V

HC

T04

MT

C

12

R12

933

JQ10

12N

3906

U

C12

447

pF

TP

123

F1A

1

1.

C13

2

0.1u

F

C13

80.

1uF

R12

3

100k

J

R13

333

J

TP

112

D0

1.

C13

3

0.1u

F

C11

9

220p

C10

50.

1uF

R11

310

J

R15

8

100J

TP

132

GO

UT

1.

IC10

4C 74V

HC

T04

MT

C

56

R11

6

100k

J

R13

80

R15

733

J

TP

103

Vsm

p

1.

C13

1

0.1u

F

IC1

TC

D27

04

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

OS

3

SS

RS

-

CP

-

SW

2-

1A3

SS

2A2

1A2

SH

3

SH

2

OS

2

OS

1

OD

SS

SW

1-

2A3

NC

2A1

1A1

SH

0

SH

1

TP

114

G-O

UT

1.

TP

128

RS

1.IC

103A

74A

CT

04M

TC

12

R15

310

J

R11

210

J

R13

433

J

R12

6

100k

J

BR

101

10x4

43218 7 6 5

TP

119

SW

1

1.R

118 33

J

C12

147

pF

IC10

3F

74A

CT

04M

TC

1312

R11

933

J

R14

1N

.M

TP

101

DG

ND

1.

C12

9

0.1u

F

TP

130

BO

UT

1.

BR

102

10x4

43218 7 6 5

TP

38

OS

-R

1.

TP

125

F2

1.

L2 ZJS

R51

01-2

23

IC10

2A

74V

HC

T00

1 23

L1 ZJS

R51

01-2

23

R12

5 33J

C11

40.

1uF

C11

50.

1uF

C14

2

220p

C11

00.

1uF

TP

137

SW

2

1.

TP

120

TG

1.

R14

4N

.M

C12

247

pF

IC10

2C

74V

HC

T00

9 108

L4 ZJS

R51

01-2

23

C10

710

0p

R15

410

J

R11

533

J

C14

5

0.1u

F

TP

143

TG

3

1.

R13

233

J

R14

62K

J

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/1

3. C

CD

PW

B

Page 105: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 14 –

ON

L

SC

AN

5

PS

L5V

EN

BZ

R

SC

AN

2S

CA

N3

SC

AN

4

OP

-CLK

OP

-/S

TB

OP

-DA

TA

OP

-/LA

TC

H

SC

AN

1

5V 5V D-G

ND

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

SC

AN

6P

SW

SE

LIN

3S

ELI

N2

SE

LIN

1K

EY

IN

PS

L

ON

L

LED

_V2

DA

TA

1

LED

_V3

DA

TA

2D

AT

A3

DA

TA

4

ON

L

OP

-/S

TB

OP

-CLK

OP

-DA

TA

OP

-LA

TC

H

LED

_V1

DA

TA

5

+5V

+5V

+5V

EN

+5V

+5V

EN

+5V

KE

Y29

(NM

0K)

C25N.M.

KE

Y27

(NM

5K)

R63

100J

R41

10kJ

R60

100J

C2

47uF

/16V

KE

Y42

(AU

DK

)

R5

150J

R42

1kJ

C19

N.M

.

R59

1KJ

R642KJ

KE

Y19

(PS

W)

KE

Y43

(EX

MO

DK

)

R492KJ

KE

Y16

(IN

TK

)

KE

Y39

(PS

EK

)

R1

150J

R62

100J

KE

Y20

(ZU

PK

)

KE

Y28

NM

8K

R512KJ

C23N.M

C9

0.1u

F

KE

Y33

(NM

7K)

D3

1SS

133

C17

N.M

.

KE

Y34

(AS

TK

)

KE

Y44

(EX

DW

K)

D4

1SS

133

R40 24

0kJ

R43

N.M

R55

100J

C10 15

00pF

KE

Y17

(CLK

)

R2

150J

C21

N.M

.

D5

1SS

133

R58

1KJ

C16N.M.

KE

Y31

(NM

1K)

C12

1500

pF

CN

21 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

C15N.M.

CN

1

24pin

SM

T 1

mm

pitc

h

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 22 232116 24

KE

Y38

(TS

K)

KE

Y25

(ZD

WK

)

C22

0.1u

F

C24N.M.

R54

100J

D6

1SS

133

C20

0.1u

F

R652KJ

KE

Y22

(NM

6K)

R57

1KJ

C11

0.1u

F

R52

100J

KE

Y37

(AIK

)

R3

150J

KE

Y35

(PR

UP

K)

R4 47

0J

C18

N.M

.

R46

N.M

IC3

NE

5553

4 8

1

5 267O

UT

RS

T

VC

C

GND

CV

TR

GT

HR

DS

CH

G

KE

Y26

(NM

2K)

R53

100J

KE

Y18

(CA

K)

C1

47uF

/16V

R45

1kJ

C26N.M.

KE

Y40

(OS

EK

)

KE

Y30

(MA

GK

)

KE

Y32

(NM

4K)

R662KJ

R61

100J

KE

Y24

(SH

PK

)

R44

0J o

r Ja

mpe

r

D1

1SS

133

R6

150J

IC1

74H

C15

1

432115 14 13 12 11 10 9 7

6 5 16 8

D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7 A B C G

W Y VC

C

GN

D

C3

0.1u

F

KE

Y21

(NM

3K)

BZ

1P

S17

20P

02

C27

N.M

.

C14N.M.

R502KJ

KE

Y36

(PR

DW

K)

KE

Y23

(NM

9K)

C13N.M.

R56

510J

R482KJ

D2

1SS

133

R672kJ

Q5

DT

C14

3ZK

A

1

2

3

KE

Y41

(EX

UP

K)

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/2

4. C

OP

Y O

PE

PW

B

Page 106: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 15 –

g1

a2

c2

g2

c1

a1

b1

f1

e3

a3

d1

c3

OP

-/S

TB

b2

d3

e1

g3

f3f2

e2

d2

LED

M

b3

OP

-LA

TC

HO

P-D

AT

A

OP

-CLK

OP

-DA

TA

OP

-/S

TB

PS

L

OP

-LA

TC

HO

P-C

LK

LED

_V1

LED

_V2

LED

_V3

DATA3

DATA4

DATA5

DATA2

DATA1

+5V

+5V

+5V

EN

+5V

R32

150J

PS

2

LED

44

R38

150J

INT

L

LED

17

R31

10K

J

R68

150J

PS

3

LED

45

AL3

LED

33

R16

150J

CS

4L

LED

63

AP

SL

LED

42

PR

2

LED

20

CS

1L

LED

38

R10

1KJ

PS

7

LED

49

R25

150J

RP

L

LED

16

R22

150J

OS

5

LED

54

C6

0.1u

F

R14

150J

R21

150J

R37

150J

AL4

LED

36

SP

FL

LED

37

R11

10K

J

ME

LED

57

ML2

LED

30

R47

470J

R20

150J

PS

1

LED

43

R9

150J

R34

150J

R29

150J

PS

4

LED

46

CS

2L

LED

39

R35

150J

C5

200P

F

R28

10K

J

OS

2

LED

51

R13

150J

OS

4

LED

53

OS

3

LED

52

R8

10K

J

LED

M1

LTC

-365

0AG

-02J

13

2

6

7

4

8

59

10

11

cd

Dig1

D.P

b

Dig2

f

Dig3a

e

g

R7

1KJ

R27

1KJ

R24

150J

R39

150J

AIL

LED

40

R36

150J

OS

1

LED

50

R26

150J

PR

9

LED

27

R30

1KJ

R19

150J

BP

L

LED

31

R33

150J

AE

LED

56

R17

150J

AL5

LED

28

PS

6

LED

48

ML3

LED

32

PR

4

LED

22

LC79

35A

N

IC2

33

34

36

37

38

40

41

42

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9 10

11

43

45

46

4739

32

31

63

51

49

50

30

64

19

5

14

35

44

62

17

16

15

13

12

18

48/Q3

/Q4

/Q5

/Q6

/Q7

/Q9

/Q10

/Q11

/Q17

/Q18

/Q19

/Q20

/Q21

/Q22

/Q23

/Q24 /Q25

/Q26

/Q12

/Q13

/Q14

/Q15/Q8

/Q2

/Q1

VCC

/STROBE

BEO

/LATCH

S IN

CLOCK

S OUT

GND1

GND2

GND3

GND4

GND5

/Q31

/Q30

/Q29

/Q28

/Q27

/Q32

/Q16

ZP

L

LED

18

R15

150J

C4

200P

F

C7

200P

F

Q4

DT

B11

3ZK

or

KR

A22

5S

3

2

1

PR

6

LED

24

R18

150J

C8

200P

F

PE

LED

58

PR

8

LED

26

PR

7

LED

25

(PM

L)

LED

34

EX

N

LED

60

EX

D

LED

59

OS

6

LED

55

ML1

LED

29

PR

5

LED

23

ML4

LED

64

R12

150J

AL1

LED

41

EX

L

LED

61

Q2

DT

B11

3ZK

or

KR

A22

5S3

2

1

PR

1

LED

19

AL2

LED

35

PS

5

LED

47

PR

3

LED

21

Q3

DT

B11

3ZK

or

KR

A22

5S3

2

1

R23

150J

CS

3L

LED

62

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

2/2

Page 107: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 16 –

F.G

F.G

VM

OO

EN

/INT

I

5V

EN

VP

O

US

B_

IN

VM

IN

5V

EN

RC

V

3.3

V

SU

SP

EN

D

PE SLC

T

PA

RA

AD

4

PA

RA

AD

7P

AR

AA

D6

RE

V

/AC

KB

US

Y

/SLC

TIN

/ST

B

D_

CO

NT

PA

RA

AD

2

VP

IN

/FA

UL

T

PA

RA

AD

3

PA

RA

AD

5

PA

RA

AD

1

/AU

TO

FD

IF_

DE

T

PA

RA

AD

0

3.3V

1

3.3V

1

3.3V

15V

1

3.3

V1

3.3V

1

5V1

5V2

5V1

5V2

3.3V

1

3.3

V1

C42

4

0.1

u

R4

31

N.M

CN

40

3

35F

E-B

T-V

K-N

1234567891

01

11

21

31

41

51

61

71

81

92

02

12

22

32

42

52

62

72

82

93

03

13

23

33

43

5

R40

82

2J

C42

3

0.1u

R40

92

2J

R41

02

2J

C43

0

N.M

R41

12

2J

C4

08

100p

C40

7

100p

R40

1N

.M.

C4

06

100p

R4

23

1.5

kJR

432

0J

C40

5

100p

C4

39

470p

C41

0

100p

C4

32

N.M

C40

9

100p

C43

5

470p

C4

11

100p

C40

4

100p

L401

JP W

IER

L405

N.M

C42

8

N.M

C42

6

100p

C4

13

100p

R4

032

4J

R41

22

2J

C4

03

0.1

u

IC4

03

74LV

X16

1284

12 3 4 5 67 89

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

HD

A9

A1

0A

11

A1

2A

13

Vcc

A1

A2

GN

D

A3

A4

A5

A6

GN

D

A7

A8

Vcc

PLH

in

A1

4A

15

A1

6A

17

HL

HH

LHin

C1

7C

16

C1

5C

14

PL

H

Vcc

-ca

ble B8

B7

GN

DB6

B5

B4

B3

GN

DB2

B1

Vcc

-ca

ble

Y13

Y12

Y11

Y10Y

9

DIR

C41

2

100p

R40

22

4J

R42

71

0kJ

R41

32

2J

C41

5

100p

IC4

01

US

B_

Tra

nsc

eiv

er

1 2 3 4 5 6 7891

01

11

21

31

4N

CO

E#

RC

VV

PV

MS

US

PE

ND

GN

DN

CS

PE

EDD-

D+

VP

OV

MO

VC

C

C41

4

100p

L403

N.M

C4

18

100p

C4

22

100p

C41

7

100p

C44

0

470p

C43

3

N.M

C41

6

330p

C4

19

100p

L402

JP W

IER

R42

9

10

kJ

C4

36

470p

R43

02

4J

R40

52

2J

R4

261

0kJ

+C

402

47u/

16V

C42

0

0.1

u

CN

402

US

B_

CN

1 2 3 4

+5

VD

-D

+G

ND

Shi

eld

R41

82

2J

R42

8

10

kJ

R41

92

2J

R42

41

0kJ

R42

22

2J

C42

5

0.1

u

L404

N.M

D40

1

11E

QS

06

C42

7

0.1

u

R42

03

.3K

J

C43

4

N.M

C43

7

470p

D40

2

ZE

NE

R_

6.2

V

R41

42

2J

IC4

02

NC

7S08

M5

1 3

52

4

A GN

D

VC

CB

Y

R41

52

2J

C42

1

0.1

u

R41

62

2J

R40

4

N.M

.(1.

5kJ)

R41

72

2J

R42

12

2J

C4

29

N.M

R43

3

N.M

CN

40

1

IEE

E12

84_C

N30

26

35

27

31

28

16

29

15

13

34

2 3

174

19

5

20

7

21

8

22

36

23

14

24

25

1

18

10

11

12

32

6 9

33

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

HL

HIN

D-G

ND

/INIT

D-G

ND

SG

D-G

ND

NC

SL

CT

NC

Da

ta 0

Da

ta 1

FG

Da

ta 2

D-G

ND

Da

ta 3

D-G

ND

Da

ta 5

D-G

ND

Da

ta 6

D-G

ND

/SLC

T I

N

D-G

ND

/AU

TO

FD

D-G

ND

D-G

ND

/D S

TB

PL

HO

UT

/AC

KB

US

YP

E

/FA

UL

T

Da

ta 4

Da

ta 7

D-G

ND

Shield

R40

62

2J

R40

72

2J

R4

251

0kJ

+C

401

47u/

16V

C4

38

470p

C43

1

N.M

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/1

5. I/

F P

WB

Page 108: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 17 –

(EE

L)

LED

11

KE

Y13

(ER

K)

KE

Y15

(MS

K)

(SO

L)

LED

9

KE

Y10

(XY

ZK

)

KE

Y6

(AP

6K)

(MS

L)

LED

15

(DP

CL)

LED

7

(XY

ZL)

LED

6

KE

Y3

(AP

3K)

KE

Y14

(FT

IK)

(FIL

)

LED

14K

EY

7

(SC

NK

)

ON

LL

LED

2

(DU

21)

LED

4

KE

Y1

(AP

1K)

(TIL

)

LED

13

(DA

A)

LED

3

KE

Y8

(ON

LK)

KE

Y11

(DP

CK

)

(SC

NL)

LED

1

CN

3

123456789101112131415161718

KE

Y5

(AP

5K)

(EC

L)

LED

12

(OD

L)

LED

8

KE

Y4

(AP

4K)

KE

Y12

(SG

K)

(GR

L)

LED

10

KE

Y2

(AP

2K)

(DU

22)

LED

5

KE

Y9

(DU

PK

)

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/1

6. S

CA

N O

PE

PW

B

Page 109: Service Manual AR-5220

AR-M205/M160/l5220

– 18 –

SF

TD

A

D-G

ND

P-G

ND

/SF

TD

B

/SF

TD

B

SF

TD

B

/SF

TD

A5VP

-GN

D

/SF

TM

B/S

FT

MA

SF

TM

AS

FT

MB

24V

SF

TH

PS

FT

HP

/VF

MC

NT

VF

MO

UT

P-G

ND

VF

MO

UT

/VF

MC

NT

/VF

MC

NT

VF

MO

UT

SF

TD

B

SF

TD

A

/SF

TD

A

VC

C+

24V

P

+24

VP

VC

C

CN

4

B3B

-PH

-K-S

1 2 3

IC1

TD

6206

4AP

3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13

2 7 9 16 1 8

14 15

I1 GN

DG

ND

I2 NC

I3 GN

DG

ND

O1

O2

O3

O4

CO

MC

OM

I4 NC

CN

2

B3B

-PH

-K-K

1 2 3

R1

220

CN

1

13F

E-B

T-V

K-N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

D1

MIT

J22B

CN

5

B3B

-PH

-K-S

1 2 3CN

3

B6B

-PH

-K-R

123456

+C

147

uF/3

5V

ABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B AABCD

87

65

43

211

23

45

67

8

D C B A

1/1

7. T

RA

Y P

WB

Page 110: Service Manual AR-5220
Page 111: Service Manual AR-5220
Page 112: Service Manual AR-5220

COPYRIGHT 2003 BY SHARP CORPORATIONAll rights reserved.Printed in Japan.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,

without prior written permission of the publisher.

Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.

SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System GroupProducts Quality Assurance DepartmentYamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan

N

c

All rights reserved.Printed in Japan.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,

without prior written permission of the publisher.

Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.

SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System Group

Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, JapanN

c

All rights reserved.Printed in Japan.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,

in any form or by any means,electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,

without prior written permission of the publisher.

Trademark acknowledgmentsWindows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.and other countries.IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.

SHARP CORPORATIONDigital Document System Group

Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan2003 June Printed in Japan N

c